From fea75ea801123d723f9186c9d9aa41a370614ded Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karl Berry Date: Sun, 10 Feb 2019 23:50:35 +0000 Subject: doc,sync git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@49997 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751 --- Build/source/texk/dvipsk/NEWS | 3 + Build/source/utils/xpdfopen/ChangeLog | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook2.bib | 1697 ++++++++++-- Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib | 3303 +++++++++++++++++++++-- Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texgraph.bib | 303 ++- Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/typeset.bib | 569 +++- Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/NEWS | 4 + Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl | 4 +- 8 files changed, 5369 insertions(+), 516 deletions(-) diff --git a/Build/source/texk/dvipsk/NEWS b/Build/source/texk/dvipsk/NEWS index f4d2e422ade..40df5ab72a8 100644 --- a/Build/source/texk/dvipsk/NEWS +++ b/Build/source/texk/dvipsk/NEWS @@ -1,6 +1,9 @@ $Id$ This file records noteworthy changes. (Public domain.) +dvips 5.999 (TeX Live 2019): + Buffer overflows. + dvips 5.998 (TeX Live 2018): New JFM (Japanese font metrics) spec supported; compiler portability fixes. diff --git a/Build/source/utils/xpdfopen/ChangeLog b/Build/source/utils/xpdfopen/ChangeLog index a0c66c224ac..f7e92d09e2f 100644 --- a/Build/source/utils/xpdfopen/ChangeLog +++ b/Build/source/utils/xpdfopen/ChangeLog @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ 2018-07-09 Karl Berry - * Makefile.am (LDADD): remove -lXmu, seems nothing it used from + * Makefile.am (LDADD): remove -lXmu, seems nothing is used from that library. Let's hope that X libraries themselves don't either. Report from Ulrich Mueller, 22 Mar 2018 08:55:50. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook2.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook2.bib index 58a4967efaf..f6edbe7fa11 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook2.bib +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook2.bib @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ %%% ==================================================================== %%% BibTeX-file{ %%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe", -%%% version = "2.12", -%%% date = "08 January 2019", -%%% time = "10:42:14 MST", +%%% version = "2.13", +%%% date = "31 January 2019", +%%% time = "15:43:31 MST", %%% filename = "texbook2.bib", %%% address = "University of Utah %%% Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ %%% USA", %%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254", %%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148", -%%% checksum = "51612 9860 36992 360656", +%%% checksum = "14909 11091 43929 427780", %%% email = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org, %%% beebe at computer.org (Internet)", %%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", @@ -32,27 +32,27 @@ %%% printed if the is-alpha.bst or is-plain.bst %%% style files are used. %%% -%%% At version 2.12, the year coverage looked +%%% At version 2.13, the year coverage looked %%% like this: %%% %%% 1985 ( 1) 1996 ( 5) 2007 ( 1) %%% 1986 ( 1) 1997 ( 3) 2008 ( 0) %%% 1987 ( 0) 1998 ( 4) 2009 ( 0) -%%% 1988 ( 1) 1999 ( 3) 2010 ( 1) -%%% 1989 ( 0) 2000 ( 2) 2011 ( 0) -%%% 1990 ( 0) 2001 ( 2) 2012 ( 0) -%%% 1991 ( 1) 2002 ( 1) 2013 ( 0) -%%% 1992 ( 2) 2003 ( 2) 2014 ( 0) +%%% 1988 ( 2) 1999 ( 3) 2010 ( 1) +%%% 1989 ( 2) 2000 ( 2) 2011 ( 0) +%%% 1990 ( 3) 2001 ( 2) 2012 ( 0) +%%% 1991 ( 4) 2002 ( 1) 2013 ( 0) +%%% 1992 ( 5) 2003 ( 2) 2014 ( 0) %%% 1993 ( 0) 2004 ( 1) 2015 ( 0) %%% 1994 ( 0) 2005 ( 2) 2016 ( 2) %%% 1995 ( 4) 2006 ( 2) %%% %%% Article: 2 -%%% Book: 408 +%%% Book: 407 %%% Booklet: 1 %%% Misc: 11 %%% Periodical: 93 -%%% Proceedings: 9 +%%% Proceedings: 10 %%% TechReport: 1 %%% %%% Total entries: 525 @@ -569,68 +569,59 @@ @String{prep-ytex = "Prepared with Daniel Brotsky's {Y\TeX}."} %%% ==================================================================== -%%% publisher abbreviations +%%% Publisher abbreviations + +@String{pub-A-K-PETERS = "A. K. Peters, Ltd."} +@String{pub-A-K-PETERS:adr = "Wellesley, MA, USA"} + +@String{pub-ACADEMIC = "Academic Press"} +@String{pub-ACADEMIC:adr = "New York, NY, USA"} @String{pub-AIAA = "American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics"} - @String{pub-AIAA:adr = "370 L'Enfant Promenade SW, Washington, DC 20024--2518"} @String{pub-AIP = "American Institute of Physics"} - @String{pub-AIP:adr = "Woodbury, NY, USA"} @String{pub-AP = "Academic Press"} - @String{pub-AP:adr = "Boston, MA, USA"} @String{pub-ARACNE = "Aracne Editrice"} - @String{pub-ARACNE:adr = "Via Luigi Chiozza, 21b, 00133 Roma, Italy"} @String{pub-ARE = "A-R Editions, Inc."} - @String{pub-ARE:adr = "801 Deming Way, Madison, WI 53717-1903, USA; Tel: (608) 836-9000"} @String{pub-AUG = "Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis"} - @String{pub-AUG:adr = "Gothenburg, Sweden"} @String{pub-AW = "Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey"} - @String{pub-AW-Can:adr = "Don Mills, Ontario, Canada"} - @String{pub-AW:adr = "Reading, MA, USA"} @String{pub-BENCUM = "Benjamin/Cummings Pub. Co."} - @String{pub-BENCUM:adr = "Redwood City, CA, USA"} @String{pub-BIRKHAUSER = "Birkh{\"{a}}user"} - @String{pub-BIRKHAUSER:adr = "Cambridge, MA, USA; Berlin, Germany; Basel, Switzerland"} @String{pub-BOOKMAN = "Bookman"} - @String{pub-BOOKMAN:adr = "Taipei, Taiwan"} @String{pub-BRILL = "Brill"} - @String{pub-BRILL:adr = "Leiden, The Netherlands"} @String{pub-BS = "The Bibliographical Society"} - @String{pub-BS:adr = "London, UK"} @String{pub-BSA = "The Bibliographical Society of America"} - @String{pub-BSA:adr = "New York, NY, USA"} @String{pub-CHAPMAN = "Chapman and Hall, Ltd."} - @String{pub-CHAPMAN:adr = "London, UK"} %%% NB: CLUT and Loescher Editore did not provide ISBN's on the books @@ -638,303 +629,232 @@ @String{pub-CLUT = "Edizioni Cooperativa Libraria Universitaria Torino"} - @String{pub-CLUT:adr = "Corso Duca degli Abruzzi, 24, I 10129 Torino, Italy"} @String{pub-CP = "Clarendon Press"} - @String{pub-CP:adr = "Oxford, UK"} @String{pub-CRC = "CRC Press"} - @String{pub-CRC:adr = "2000 N.W. Corporate Blvd., Boca Raton, FL 33431-9868, USA"} @String{pub-CSLI = "CSLI Publications"} - @String{pub-CSLI:adr = "Stanford, CA, USA"} @String{pub-CSP = "Computer Science Press"} - @String{pub-CSP:adr = "1803 Research Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20850, USA"} @String{pub-CUP = "Cambridge University Press"} - @String{pub-CUP:adr = "Cambridge, UK"} @String{pub-CURSCI = "Current Science"} - @String{pub-CURSCI:adr = "34--42 Cleveland Street, London, UK"} @String{pub-DARWIN = "The Darwin Press"} - @String{pub-DARWIN:adr = "Princeton, NJ, USA"} @String{pub-DP = "Digital Press"} - @String{pub-DP:adr = "12 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730, USA"} @String{pub-DUXBURY = "Duxbury Press"} - @String{pub-DUXBURY:adr = "Belmont, CA, USA"} @String{pub-EF = "Esperantoforlaget AS"} - @String{pub-EF:adr = "Oslo, Norway"} @String{pub-EFFECT = "Effect Publishing"} - @String{pub-EFFECT:adr = "501 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1612, New York, NY 10017, USA"} @String{pub-ELLIS-HORWOOD = "Ellis Horwood"} - @String{pub-ELLIS-HORWOOD:adr = "New York, NY, USA"} @String{pub-ESP = "Elsevier Science Publishers"} - @String{pub-ESP:adr = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"} @String{pub-ESPNH = "Elsevier Science Publishers (North-Holland)"} - @String{pub-ESPNH:adr = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"} @String{pub-ET = "Editorial Trillas"} - @String{pub-ET:adr = "M{\'e}xico DF, M{\'e}xico"} @String{pub-GEO = "Geo Books"} - @String{pub-GEO:adr = "Norwich, UK"} @String{pub-GLAGOL = "Glagol"} - @String{pub-GLAGOL:adr = "St. Petersburg, Russia"} @String{pub-GREENWOOD = "Greenwood Press"} - @String{pub-GREENWOOD:adr = "88 Post Road West, Westport, CT 06881, USA"} @String{pub-HD = "Holden-Day, Inc."} - @String{pub-HD:adr = "Oakland, CA 94609, USA"} @String{pub-HPT = "H{\"o}ld{\-}er-Pichler-Tempsky Verlag"} - @String{pub-HPT:adr = "Vienna, Austria"} @String{pub-HRW = "Holt, Rinehart, and Winston"} - @String{pub-HRW:adr = "New York, NY, USA"} @String{pub-IE = "InterEditions"} - @String{pub-IE:adr = "25 rue Leblanc, 75015 Paris, France"} @String{pub-IOS = "IOS Press"} - @String{pub-IOS:adr = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"} @String{pub-ISO = "International Organization for Standardization"} - @String{pub-ISO:adr = "Geneva, Switzerland"} @String{pub-ITCP = "International Thomson Computer Press"} - @String{pub-ITCP:adr = "20 Park Plaza Suite 1001, Boston, MA 02116 USA"} @String{pub-JBENJ = "John Benjamins"} - @String{pub-JBENJ:adr = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"} @String{pub-JBP = "Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc."} - @String{pub-JBP:adr = "One Exeter Plaza, Boston, MA 02116, USA"} -@String{pub-JHUP = "The Johns Hopkins University Press"} - -@String{pub-JHUP:adr = "Baltimore, MD, USA"} +@String{pub-JOHNS-HOPKINS = "The Johns Hopkins University Press"} +@String{pub-JOHNS-HOPKINS:adr = "Baltimore, MD, USA"} @String{pub-JW = "John Wiley"} - @String{pub-JW:adr = "New York, NY, USA"} @String{pub-KENKYUSHA = "Kenkyusha"} - @String{pub-KENKYUSHA:adr = "Tokyo, Japan"} @String{pub-KLUWER = "Kluwer Academic Publishers Group"} - @String{pub-KLUWER:adr = "Norwell, MA, USA, and Dordrecht, The Netherlands"} @String{pub-LEC = "Libreria Editrice Cafoscarina"} - @String{pub-LEC:adr = "Venice, Italy"} @String{pub-LGU = "Leningrad University"} - @String{pub-LGU:adr = "St. Petersburg, Russia"} @String{pub-LINUX-JOURNAL-PRESS = "Linux Journal Press"} - @String{pub-LINUX-JOURNAL-PRESS:adr = "San Francisco, CA, USA"} @String{pub-LOESCHER = "Loescher Editore"} - @String{pub-LOESCHER:adr = "Via Vittorio Amedeo II, 18, Torino, Italy"} @String{pub-MAYFIELD = "Mayfield"} - @String{pub-MAYFIELD:adr = "Palo Alto, CA, USA"} @String{pub-MCGRAW-HILL = "Mc{\-}Graw-Hill"} - @String{pub-MCGRAW-HILL:adr = "New York, NY, USA"} @String{pub-MELLEN = "Mellen Press"} - @String{pub-MELLEN:adr = "Lewiston, NY, USA"} @String{pub-MICROWARE = "Microware Systems Corporation"} - @String{pub-MICROWARE:adr = "Des Moines, IA, USA"} @String{pub-MIS = "MIS:Press"} - @String{pub-MIS:adr = "New York, NY, USA"} @String{pub-MIT = "The MIT Press"} - @String{pub-MIT:adr = "Cambridge, MA"} @String{pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN = "Morgan Kaufmann Publishers"} - @String{pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN:adr = "Los Altos, CA 94022, USA"} @String{pub-NAUKA = "Nauka"} - @String{pub-NAUKA:adr = "Moscow, Russia"} @String{pub-NH = "North-Holland Publishing Company"} - @String{pub-NH:adr = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"} @String{pub-NIJHOFF = "Martinus Nijhoff/Dr W. Junk Publishers"} - @String{pub-NIJHOFF:adr = "Dordrecht, The Netherlands"} @String{pub-NORTON = "W. W. Norton \& Co."} - @String{pub-NORTON:adr = "New York, NY, USA"} -@String{pub-OUP = "Oxford University Press"} - -@String{pub-OUP:adr = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK"} +@String{pub-OXFORD = "Oxford University Press"} +@String{pub-OXFORD:adr = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK"} @String{pub-PERGAMON = "Pergamon Press"} - @String{pub-PERGAMON:adr = "Oxford, UK"} @String{pub-PH = "Pren{\-}tice-Hall"} - @String{pub-PH:adr = "Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458, USA"} @String{pub-PH-TRAVEL = "Pren{\-}tice-Hall Travel"} - @String{pub-PH-TRAVEL:adr = "New York, NY, USA"} @String{pub-PHI = "Pren{\-}tice-Hall International"} - @String{pub-PHI:adr = "Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458, USA"} @String{pub-PINTER = "Pinter Publishers, Ltd."} - @String{pub-PINTER:adr = "25 Floral St., London WC2E 9DS, UK"} @String{pub-PPB = "Professional Press Books"} - @String{pub-PPB:adr = "101 Witmer Road, Horsham, PA 19044, USA"} @String{pub-PHPTR = "Pren{\-}tice-Hall PTR"} - @String{pub-PHPTR:adr = "Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458, USA"} @String{pub-PUP = "Princeton University Press"} - @String{pub-PUP:adr = "Princeton, NJ, USA"} @String{pub-RAHS = "Russian-American Historical Society"} - @String{pub-RAHS:adr = "Washington, DC, USA"} @String{pub-REED = "Reed Enterprise"} - @String{pub-REED:adr = "Reed Business Publishing Group, Room 922, Quadrant House, The Quadrant, Sutton, Surrey SM2 5AS, UK"} @String{pub-RISO = "{Ris\o} National Laboratory"} - @String{pub-RISO:adr = "Roskilde, Denmark"} @String{pub-ROUTLEDGE = "Routledge"} - @String{pub-ROUTLEDGE:adr = "London, UK"} @String{pub-RRD = "R. R. Donnelley and Sons"} - @String{pub-RRD:adr = "Harrisburg, VA, USA"} @String{pub-SB = "Symposion Bokf{\"o}rlag"} - @String{pub-SB:adr = "Stockholm/Stehag, Sweden"} @String{pub-SCARECROW = "Scarecrow Press"} - @String{pub-SCARECROW:adr = "Metuchen, NJ, USA"} @String{pub-SHK = "De sju h{\"a}radernas kulturhistoriska f{\"o}rening"} - @String{pub-SHK:adr = "Gothenburg, Sweden"} @String{pub-SIAM = "Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics"} - @String{pub-SIAM:adr = "Philadelphia, PA, USA"} @String{pub-SINAUER = "Sinauer Associates, Inc."} - @String{pub-SINAUER:adr = "Sunderland, MA 01375, USA"} @String{pub-STATSCI = "StatSci, a Division of MathSoft, Inc."} - @String{pub-STATSCI:adr = "Seattle, WA, USA"} @String{pub-SUCSLI = "Stanford University Center for the Study of Language and Information"} - @String{pub-SUCSLI:adr = "Stanford, CA, USA"} @String{pub-SV = "Spring{\-}er-Ver{\-}lag"} - @String{pub-SV:adr = "Berlin, Germany~/ Heidelberg, Germany~/ London, UK~/ etc."} @String{pub-TCA = "Technology Community Association"} - @String{pub-TCA:adr = "Cambridge, MA, USA"} @String{pub-TCGPB = "Technical Chamber of Greece (``Ekdosh Teqniko'u Epimelhthr'iou ths Ell'adas''), Publications Bureau (``Grafeio Ekdoseon'')"} - @String{pub-TCGPB:adr = "c/o Ms. Filippidou, Karageorgi Servias 4, GR-102 48 Athens, Greece, Telephones: +30 - 1 - 32 54 590 (last digit can vary up to @@ -942,50 +862,39 @@ +30 - 1 - 32 21 772"} @String{pub-TELOS = "TELOS division of Springer-Verlag"} - @String{pub-TELOS:adr = "Santa Clara, CA, USA and New York, NY, USA"} @String{pub-TEUBNER = "B. G. Teubner"} - @String{pub-TEUBNER:adr = "Stuttgart, Germany"} @String{pub-UGP = "University of Gothenburg Press"} - @String{pub-UGP:adr = "Gothenburg, Sweden"} @String{pub-UNAM = "Universidad Autonoma de M{\'e}xico"} - @String{pub-UNAM:adr = "M{\'e}xico DF, M{\'e}xico"} @String{pub-UNK = "publisher unknown"} - @String{pub-UNK:adr = "address unknown"} @String{pub-WILEY = "John Wiley and Sons, Inc."} - @String{pub-WILEY:adr = "New York, NY, USA"} @String{pub-WADSWORTH = "Wadsworth and Brooks/Cole Publishing Company"} - @String{pub-WADSWORTH:adr = "Pacific Grove, CA, USA"} @String{pub-WESTVIEW = "Westview Press"} - @String{pub-WESTVIEW:adr = "5500 Central Ave., Boulder, CO 80301-2847, USA"} @String{pub-WIHM = "Wellcome Institute for the History of Medicine"} - @String{pub-WIHM:adr = "London, UK"} @String{pub-WORLD-SCI = "World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd."} - @String{pub-WORLD-SCI:adr = "P. O. Box 128, Farrer Road, Singapore 9128"} @String{pub-ZT = "Zanichelli-Telettra"} - @String{pub-ZT:adr = "Bologna, Italy"} %%% ==================================================================== @@ -1096,9 +1005,8 @@ acknowledgement = ack-lmp, } -@Book{Adams:SCA93, +@Book{Adams:1993:SCA, author = "E. Adams and U. Kulisch", - editor = "William F. Ames", title = "Scientific Computing with Automatic Result Verification", volume = "189", @@ -1111,6 +1019,7 @@ LCCN = "QA76 .S368 1993", bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:57:19 1993", bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + note = "Edited by William F. Ames.", series = "Mathematics in Science and Engineering", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, } @@ -1900,9 +1809,9 @@ @Book{Biggs:ICP89, author = "Norman L. Biggs", - title = "Introduction to Computing with Pascal", - publisher = pub-OUP, - address = pub-OUP:adr, + title = "Introduction to Computing with {Pascal}", + publisher = pub-OXFORD, + address = pub-OXFORD:adr, pages = "x + 219", year = "1989", ISBN = "0-19-853755-7 (hardcover), 0-19-853756-5 (paperback)", @@ -2025,8 +1934,8 @@ @Book{Bracewell:HT86, author = "Ronald N. Bracewell", title = "The {Hartley} Transform", - publisher = pub-OUP, - address = pub-OUP:adr, + publisher = pub-OXFORD, + address = pub-OXFORD:adr, pages = "vii + 160", year = "1986", ISBN = "0-19-503969-6", @@ -2253,53 +2162,388 @@ acknowledgement = ack-te, } -@Book{Char:FLT92, +@Book{Char:1992:FLT, author = "Bruce W. Char and Keith O. Geddes and Gaston H. Gonnet and Benton Leong and Michael B. Monagan and Stephen M. Watt", - title = "First Leaves: {A} Tutorial Introduction to Maple {V}", + title = "First Leaves: a Tutorial Introduction to {Maple V}", publisher = pub-SV, address = pub-SV:adr, pages = "xvii + 253", year = "1992", - ISBN = "0-387-97621-3", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-97621-1", + DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4615-6996-1", + ISBN = "0-387-97621-3, 3-540-97621-3", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-97621-1, 978-3-540-97621-9", LCCN = "QA155.7.E4 F56 1992", - bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:59:50 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", -} - -@Book{Char:MLR91, + bibdate = "Tue Nov 2 12:30:08 1993", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/maple-extract.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + libnote = "Not yet in my library.", + note = "Also available in Japanese, ISBN 4-431-70651-8", + tableofcontents = "One: Interactive Use of Maple \\ + 1.1: The user interface and the computational engine + \\ + 1.2: Getting started \\ + 1.3: Starting a Maple session: how Maple behaves + interactively \\ + 1.4: Simple arithmetic in Maple \\ + 1.5: Fixing mistakes \\ + 1.6: help yourself to more of Maple \\ + 1.7: Parentheses and the priority of arithmetic + operations \\ + 1.8: Ending a Maple session \\ + 1.9: Maple variables \\ + 1.10: Built-in commands for mathematical computation + \\ + 1.11: Introducing Maple's mathematical commands \\ + 1.12: Using Maple as a numerical calculator \\ + 1.13: Graphing and plotting functions on screen and on + paper \\ + 1.14: More about syntax errors \\ + 1.15: You ask too much! (Run-time errors) \\ + 1.16: Interrupting a Maple computation \\ + 1.17: Printing values: print and lprint \\ + 1.18: Defining simple functions in Maple \\ + 1.19: Automatic simplification \\ + 1.20: Simplifying expressions with simplify \\ + 1.21: Maple's commands for calculus \\ + 1.22: Computing sums \\ + 1.23: Solving recurrence relations with rsolve \\ + 1.24: Other commands for solving, and other + mathematical functions \\ + Two: Less Simple Maple \\ + 2.1: A few words to experienced programmers \\ + 2.2: Programming variables and mathematical symbols \\ + 2.3: More on simplification: specialized simplification + commands \\ + 2.4: Full and delayed evaluation \\ + 2.5: Quotation and unevaluation \\ + 2.6: Using quoted variables as function arguments \\ + 2.7: Concatenation \\ + forming new names from old \\ + 2.8: Looking at parts of expressions \\ + op, nops, coeff \\ + 2.9: Expression sequences, sets, and lists \\ + 2.10: Tables and arrays \\ + indexed collections of data \\ + 2.11: Converting from one structure to another \\ + 2.12: The map function: performing the same operation + on all elements of a data structure \\ + 2.13: Linear algebra in Maple \\ + 2.14: alias for changing the names of built-in + functions and mathematical symbols \\ + 2.15: Saving the state of your Maple session \\ + 2.16: Recording results in files in human-readable + format \\ + 2.17: Access to additional library procedures \\ + 2.18: Other formats for output: fortran, latex, and eqn + \\ + Three: The Maple Programming Language \\ + 3.1: Repetition while you wait \\ + 3.2: Repetition for each one \\ + 3.3: Conditional execution with if-then-else-fi \\ + 3.4: break and next: control within for-while loops \\ + 3.5: Simple Maple procedures \\ + 3.6: Maple procedures \\ + multiple statements, local variables, RETURN \\ + 3.7: Using error \\ + exiting several procedures at once \\ + 3.8: Checking types: writing safer programs \\ + 3.9: Nested types and structured types \\ + 3.10: Remembering function values \\ + 3.11: Functional operators \\ + 3.12: Packages in Maple \\ + 3.13: Your Maple initialization file \\ + 3.14: Creating help for your procedures \\ + 3.15: Creating your own library \\ + 3.16: Creating and debugging Maple programs \\ + 3.17: Viewing Maple library source code \\ + 3.18: Calling Maple from programs written in other + languages \\ + Four: Advanced Graphics \\ + 4.1: More on plot \\ + 4.2: Plotting in three dimensions: graphing surfaces + \\ + 4.3: Plotting functional expressions with plot and + plot3d \\ + Five: Measuring and improving performance \\ + 5.1: Monitoring time and space consumed during a + computation \\ + 5.2: Garbage collection and gc \\ + 5.3: Querying the state of the system through status + \\ + 5.4: Profiling the performance of Maple programs \\ + 5.5: Using option remember to improve performance \\ + 5.6: Faster floating-point computation \\ + Six: Advanced Examples \\ + 6.1: Introduction \\ + 6.2: Balancing chemical reactions \\ + 6.3: Maxwell's formula for the velocity of a gas sample + \\ + 6.4: Critical length of a rod \\ + 6.5: Zeros of Bessel functions \\ + 6.6: Stock market analysis through linear algebra \\ + 6.7: Primitive trinomials \\ + 6.8: Computations on the 3n +1 conjecture \\ + 6.9: A numerical approximation problem \\ + 6.10: Reading more about Maple problem-solving + techniques \\ + Seven: Global access to Maple information \\ + 7.1: New users' problems \\ + 7.2: The community of Maple users \\ + 7.3: What to do when the answer seems wrong \\ + 7.4: Electronic access to user-contributed Maple + software \\ + 7.5: Maple publications \\ + Conclusion \\ + A: Bibliography \\ + B: Books and articles for Maple users \\ + B.1: Some books for Maple users \\ + B.2: Some research articles on Maple and its usage", +} + +@Book{Char:1991:MLVb, author = "Bruce W. Char and Keith O. Geddes and Gaston H. Gonnet and Benton Leong and Michael B. Monagan and Stephen M. Watt", - title = "Maple Library {V} Reference Manual", + title = "{Maple Library V} Reference Manual", publisher = pub-SV, address = pub-SV:adr, pages = "xxv + 698", year = "1991", + DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-2133-1", ISBN = "0-387-97592-6, 3-540-97592-6", ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-97592-4, 978-3-540-97592-2", - LCCN = "QA155.7.E4 M37 1991", - bibdate = "Fri Jul 22 09:48:41 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", - price = "US\$39.00", + LCCN = "QA155.7.E4 M353 1991", + bibdate = "Fri Jul 08 19:01:01 1994", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/maple-extract.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + abstract = "The design and implementation of the Maple system is + an on-going project of the Symbolic Computation Group + at the University of Waterloo in Ontario, Canada. This + manual corresponds with version V (roman numeral five) + of the Maple system. The on-line help subsystem can be + invoked from within a Maple session to view + documentation on specific topics. In particular, the + command ``?updates'' points the user to documentation + updates for each new version of Maple. The Maple + project was first conceived in the autumn of 1980, + growing out of discussions on the state of symbolic + computation at the University of Waterloo. The authors + wish to acknowledge many fruitful discussions with + colleagues at the University of Waterloo, particularly + Morven Gentleman, Michael Malcolm, and Frank Tompa. It + was recognized in these discussions that none of the + locally-available systems for symbolic computation + provided the facilities that should be expected for + symbolic computation in modern computing environments. + We concluded that since the basic design decisions for + the then-current symbolic systems such as ALTRAN, + CAMAL, REDUCE, and MACSYMA were based on 1960's + computing technology, it would be wise to design a new + system ``from scratch''. Thus we could take advantage + of the software engineering technology which had become + available in recent years, as well as drawing from the + lessons of experience. Maple's basic features + (elementary data structures, Input\slash output, + arithmetic with numbers, and elementary simplification) + are coded in a systems programming language for + efficiency.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "The Maple Library \\ + Main routines \\ + Packages \\ + Packages for discrete mathematics \\ + Packages for applied mathematics \\ + Packages for geometry \\ + Miscellaneous packages", } -@Book{Char:MVL91, +@Book{Char:1991:MVLa, author = "Bruce W. Char and Keith O. Geddes and Gaston H. Gonnet and Benton Leong and Michael B. Monagan and Stephen M. Watt", - title = "Maple {V} Language Reference Manual", + title = "{Maple V}: Language Reference Manual", publisher = pub-SV, address = pub-SV:adr, pages = "xv + 267", year = "1991", - ISBN = "0-387-97622-1, 3-540-97622-1", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-97622-8, 978-3-540-97622-6", + DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4615-7386-9", + ISBN = "0-387-97622-1 (New York), 3-540-97622-1 (Berlin)", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-97622-8 (New York), 978-3-540-97622-6 + (Berlin)", LCCN = "QA155.7.E4 M36 1991", - bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:59:57 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + bibdate = "Wed Dec 1 12:17:05 1993", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/maple-extract.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + price = "US\$24.95, FF 193,00", + abstract = "This book describes the Maple Symbolic Computation + System and the Maple V language. It describes the + numeric and symbolic expressions that can be used in + Maple V. All the basic data types, such as names, + polynomials, and functions, as well as structured data + types, are covered. The book also gives a complete + description of the programming language statements that + are provided in the Maple V system and shows how a user + can extend the functionality of the Maple V system by + adding user-defined routines. The manual also provides + a complete description of the Maple V system, including + its 2D and 3D graphics. Maple V features a newly + designed user interface on many systems. Separate + appendices describe how to use Maple V on systems using + the X Window System, DOS, and the Macintosh.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + shorttableofcontents = "Language elements \\ + Statements and expressions \\ + Data types \\ + Type testing \\ + Arrays and tables \\ + Procedures \\ + Operators \\ + Internal representation and manipulation \\ + Plotting \\ + Miscellaneous facilities \\ + Overview of the Maple Library \\ + A. Maple under UNIX \\ + B. Using Maple with X \\ + C. Maple under DOS", + tableofcontents = "1 Introduction \\ + 1.1 Some General Examples \\ + 1.2 Numbers \\ + 1.3 Examples from Calculus \\ + 1.4 Data Structures \\ + 1.5 Examples from Linear Algebra \\ + 1.6 Equation Solving \\ + 1.7 Output and Programming \\ + 2 Language Elements \\ + 2.1 Character Set \\ + 2.2 Tokens \\ + 2.3 Escape Characters \\ + 2.4 Blanks, Lines, Comments, and Continuation \\ + 2.5 Files \\ + 3 Statements and Expressions \\ + 3.1 Types of Statements \\ + 3.2 Expressions \\ + 3.3 Formal Syntax \\ + 4 Data Types \\ + 4.1 Basic Data Types \\ + 4.2 Map, Subs, and Subsop \\ + 5 Type Testing \\ + 5.1 Definition of a Type in Maple \\ + 5.2 Simple Types \\ + 5.3 Structured Types \\ + 5.4 Surface and Nested Types \\ + 5.5 Simplification of Types \\ + 5.6 Parameter Type Testing \\ + 5.7 Undesirable Simplifications and Evaluations of + Types \\ + 5.8 Type Testing Versus Pattern Matching \\ + 6 Arrays and Tables \\ + 6.1 Overview \\ + 6.2 Creating Tables \\ + 6.3 Evaluation Rules for Tables and Table Components + \\ + 6.4 Tables as Objects \\ + 6.5 Indexing Functions \\ + 7 Procedures \\ + 7.1 Procedure Definitions \\ + 7.2 Parameter Passing \\ + 7.3 Local Variables \\ + 7.4 Options \\ + 7.5 Remember Tables \\ + 7.6 Assigning Values to Parameters \\ + 7.7 Error Returns and Explicit Returns \\ + 7.8 Simplification and Returning Unevaluated \\ + 7.9 Boolean Procedures \\ + 7.10 Reading and Saving Procedures \\ + 8 Operators \\ + 8.1 Operator Definition \\ + 8.2 Syntactic Definition \\ + 8.3 Semantic Definition \\ + 8.3.1 Application Versus Composition \\ + 8.4 Partial Definition of Operators \\ + 8.5 Example: The Differentiation Operator D \\ + 9 Internal Representation and Manipulation \\ + 9.1 Internal Organization \\ + 9.2 Internal Representation of Data Types \\ + 9.3 The Use of Hashing in Maple \\ + 9.4 Portability of the Maple System \\ + 10 Plotting \\ + 10.1 Introduction \\ + 10.2 Plots in 2D \\ + 10.3 Plots in 3D \\ + 10.4 Saving Plots \\ + 10.5 Plots Package \\ + 10.6 Examples \\ + 11 Miscellaneous Facilities \\ + 11.1 Debugging Facilities: Detecting Syntax Errors \\ + 11.2 Debugging Facilities: Monitoring Run-Time + Execution \\ + 11.3 Alias and Macro \\ + 11.4 Monitoring Space and Time \\ + 11.5 Global Variables \\ + 11.6 User Interface Variables \\ + 11.7 Maple Command Line Options \\ + 11.8 Other Facilities \\ + 12 Overview of the Maple Library \\ + 12.1 Introduction \\ + 12.2 Description of the Maple Library \\ + 12.3 Format of Library Function Descriptions \\ + 12.4 Printing Maple Help Files \\ + 12.5 Library Index \\ + A Maple under UNIX \\ + A.1 Introduction \\ + A.2 Maple Initialization Files \\ + A.3 Quit and Interrupt Characters \\ + A.4 Temporarily Escaping from Maple \\ + A.5 Redirection of Input and Output \\ + A.6 Maple Command Line Options for UNIX \\ + A.6.1 Overview of Maple command line options \\ + A.6.2 Library Specification Option: -b \\ + A.6.3 Suppress Initialization Option: -s \\ + A.6.4 Quiet Option: -q \\ + A.7 Mint \\ + A.8 Summary of Site- and UNIX- Dependent Aspects of + Maple \\ + B Using Maple with X \\ + B.1 Introduction \\ + B.2 Getting Started \\ + B.3 Entering Commands in Maple \\ + B.4 Editing \\ + B.5 Maple Input and Output Cells \\ + B.6 Including and Saving Text \\ + B.7 Searching \\ + B.8 Resource Usage \\ + B.9 Interrupt, Pause and Quit Buttons \\ + B.10 Resizing Windows \\ + B.11 Help Windows \\ + B.12 2D Plot Windows \\ + B.13 3D Plot Windows \\ + B.14 Customizing Maple Under X \\ + B.15 Tips \\ + B.16 Troubleshooting \\ + B.17 Information for Xperts \\ + C Maple under DOS \\ + C.1 Introduction \\ + C.2 Using Maple V \\ + C.2.1 Exiting Maple \\ + C.2.2 The Status Line \\ + C.2.3 The Command Line Editor \\ + C.2.4 Expression Editing \\ + C.2.5 File Editing \\ + C.2.6 Accessing Maple Help \\ + C.2.7 Session Review Mode \\ + C.2.8 Using the Menu \\ + C.2.9 Input/Output Capture Mode \\ + C.3 Manipulating Graphical Output \\ + C.3.1 Three Dimensional Graphics Display Driver \\ + C.3.2 Two Dimensional Graphics Display Driver \\ + C.3.3 Printing and Saving Graphic Output \\ + C.3.4 Using Maple Plots in Other Programs", } @Book{Cheswick:2003:FIS, @@ -3768,9 +4012,9 @@ acknowledgement = ack-mz, } -@Book{Dongarra:SLS91, +@Book{Dongarra:1991:SLS, author = "Jack J. Dongarra and Iain S. Duff and Danny C. - Sorensen and Henk A. van der Vorst", + Sorensen and Henk A. {van der Vorst}", title = "Solving Linear Systems on Vector and Shared Memory Computers", publisher = pub-SIAM, @@ -3780,8 +4024,182 @@ ISBN = "0-89871-270-X", ISBN-13 = "978-0-89871-270-4", LCCN = "QA184 .S65 1991", - bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:00:33 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + bibdate = "Mon Oct 26 07:30:53 1998", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dongarra-jack-j.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/duff-iain-s.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/v/vandervorst-henk-a.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/numana1990.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib; + MathSciNet database", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "Introduction / 1 \\ + 1 Vector and Parallel Processing / 3 \\ + 1.1 Traditional Computers and Their Limitations / 3 \\ + 1.2 Parallelism within a Single Processor / 4 \\ + 1.2.1 Multiple Functional Units / 4 \\ + 1.2.2 Pipelining / 4 \\ + 1.2.3 Overlapping / 6 \\ + 1.2.4 RISC / 7 \\ + 1.2.5 VLIW / 8 \\ + 1.2.6 Vector Instructions / 8 \\ + 1.2.7 Chaining / 9 \\ + 1.2.8 Memory-to-Memory and Register-to-Register + Organizations / 10 \\ + 1.2.9 Register Set / 10 \\ + 1.2.10 Stripmining / 11 \\ + 1.2.11 Reconfigurable Vector Registers / 11 \\ + 1.2.12 Memory Organization / 12 \\ + 1.3 Data Organization / 14 \\ + 1.3.1 Main Memory / 14 \\ + 1.3.2 Cache / 16 \\ + 1.3.3 Local Memory / 18 \\ + 1.4 Memory Management / 18 \\ + 1.5 Parallelism through Multiple Pipes or Multiple + Processors / 21 \\ + 1.6 Interconnection Topology / 22 \\ + 1.6.1 Crossbar Switch / 23 \\ + 1.6.2 Timeshared Bus / 24 \\ + 1.6.3 Ring Connection / 25 \\ + 1.6.4 Mesh Connection / 25 \\ + 1.6.5 Hypercube / 26 \\ + 1.6.6 Multistaged Network / 27 \\ + 1.7 Programming Techniques / 29 \\ + 2 Overview of Current High-Performance Computers / 33 + \\ + 2.1 Supercomputers / 33 \\ + 2.2 Mini-Supercomputers / 36 \\ + 2.3 Vector Mainframes / 37 \\ + 2.4 Novel Parallel Processors / 37 \\ + 3 Implementation Details and Overhead / 43 \\ + 3.1 Parallel Decomposition and Data Dependency Graphs / + 43 \\ + 3.2 Synchronization / 46 \\ + 3.3 Load Balancing / 48 \\ + 3.4 Recurrence / 49 \\ + 3.5 Indirect Addressing / 51 \\ + 4 Performance: Analysis, Modeling, and Measurements / + 53 \\ + 4.1 Amdahl's Law / 54 \\ + 4.1.1 Simple Case of Amdahl's Law / 54 \\ + 4.1.2 General Form of Amdahl's Law / 55 \\ + 4.2 Vector Speed and Vector Length / 56 \\ + 4.3 Amdahl's Law-Parallel Processing / 57 \\ + 4.3.1 A Simple Model / 60 \\ + 4.3.2 Gustafson's Model / 60 \\ + 4.4 Examples of $(r_\infty, n_{1/2})$-values for + Various Computers / 60 \\ + 4.4.1 CRAY-1 and CRAY-2 (one processor) / 62 \\ + 4.4.2 CRAY X-MP (one processor; clock cycle time 8.5 + nsec) / 63 \\ + 4.4.3 CYBER 205 (2-pipe) and ETA-10P (single processor) + / 63 \\ + 4.4.4 IBM 3090/VF (1 processor; clock cycle time 18.5 + nsec) / 64 \\ + 4.4.5 NEC SX/2 / 65 \\ + 4.4.6 Convex C-1 and Convex C-210 / 66 \\ + 4.4.7 Alliant FX/80 / 66 \\ + 4.4.8 General Observations / 68 \\ + 4.5 LINPACK Benchmark / 68 \\ + 4.5.1 Description of the Benchmark / 69 \\ + 4.5.2 Calls to the BLAS / 69 \\ + 4.5.3 Asymptotic Performance / 75 \\ + 5 Building Blocks in Linear Algebra / 75 \\ + 5.1 Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms / 75 \\ + 5.1.1 Level 1 BLAS / 76 \\ + 5.1.2 Level 2 BLAS / 77 \\ + 5.1.3 Level 3 BLAS / 78 \\ + 5.2 Levels of Parallelism / 81 \\ + 5.2.1 Vector Computers / 81 \\ + 5.2.2 Parallel Processors with Shared Memory / 82 \\ + 5.2.3 Parallel-Vector Computers / 83 \\ + 5.2.4 Clusters of Parallel Vector Processors / 84 \\ + 5.3 Basic Factorizations of Linear Algebra / 84 \\ + 5.3.1 Point Algorithm: Gaussian Elimination with + Partial Pivoting / 84 \\ + 5.3.2 Special Matrices / 86 \\ + 5.4 Blocked Algorithms: Matrix-Vector and Matrix-Matrix + Versions / 89 \\ + 5.4.1 Right-Looking Algorithm / 90 \\ + 5.4.2 Left-Looking Algorithm / 92 \\ + 5.4.3 Crout Algorithm / 98 \\ + 5.4.4 Typical Performance of Blocked LU Decomposition / + 94 \\ + 5.4.5 Blocked Symmetric Indefinite Factorization / 95 + \\ + 5.4.6 Typical Performance of Blocked Symmetric + Indefinite Factorization. / 98 \\ + 5.5 Linear Least Squares / 98 \\ + 5.5.1 Householder Method / 99 \\ + 5.5.2 Blocked Householder Method / 100 \\ + 5.5.3 Typical Performance of the Blocked Householder + Factorization / 101 \\ + 5.6 Organization of the Modules / 102 \\ + 5.6.1 Matrix--Vector Product / 102 \\ + 5.6.2 Matrix--Matrix Product / 103 \\ + 5.6.3 Typical Performance for Parallel Processing / 104 + \\ + 5.6.4 Benefits / 105 \\ + 5.7 LAPACK / 106 \\ + 6 Direct Solution of Sparse Linear Systems / 109 \\ + 6.1 Introduction to Direct Methods for Sparse Linear + Systems / 111 \\ + 6.1.1 Three Approaches / 111 \\ + 6.1.2 Description of Sparse Data Structure / 112 \\ + 6.1.3 Manipulation of Sparse Data Structure / 114 \\ + 6.2 General Sparse Matrix Methods / 116 \\ + 6.3 Methods for Symmetric Matrices and Band Systems / + 124 \\ + 6.3.1 The Clique Concept in Gaussian Elimination / 125 + \\ + 6.3.2 Code Performance and Symmetry / 128 \\ + 6.4 Frontal Methods / 130 \\ + 6.4.1 Organization / 130 \\ + 6.4.2 Vector Performance / 132 \\ + 6.5 Multifrontal Methods / 135 \\ + 6.5.1 Performance on Vector Machines / 139 \\ + 6.5.2 Performance on Parallel Machines / 139 \\ + 6.6 Other Approaches for Exploitation of Parallelism / + 141 \\ + 6.7 Software / 141 \\ + 6.8 Brief Summary / 142 \\ + 7 Iterative Solution of Sparse Linear Systems / 143 \\ + 7.1 Iterative Methods / 145 \\ + 7.1.1 Conjugate Gradient / 145 \\ + 7.1.2 Least Squares Conjugate Gradients / 148 \\ + 7.1.3 Biconjugate Gradients / 150 \\ + 7.1.4 Conjugate Gradient Squared / 152 \\ + 7.1.5 GMRES and GMRES(m) / 154 \\ + 7.1.6 Adaptive Chebychev / 156 \\ + 7.2 Vector and Parallel Aspects / 158 \\ + 7.2.1 General Remarks / 158 \\ + 7.2.2 Sparse Matrix-Vector Multiplication / 160 \\ + 7.2.3 Performance of the Unpreconditioned Methods / 164 + \\ + 7.3 Preconditioning / 165 \\ + 7.3.1 General Aspects / 165 \\ + 7.3.2 Efficient Implementations / 168 \\ + 7.3.3 Partial Vectorization / 170 \\ + 7.3.4 Reordering the Unknowns / 172 \\ + 7.3.5 Changing the Order of Computation / 174 \\ + 7.3.6 Some Other Vectorizable Preconditioners / 180 \\ + 7.3.7 Parallel Aspects / 183 \\ + 7.4 Experiences with Parallelism / 186 \\ + 7.4.1 General Remarks / 186 \\ + 7.4.2 Overlapping Local Preconditioners / 186 \\ + 7.4.3 Repeated Twisted Factorization / 188 \\ + 7.4.4 Twisted and Nested Twisted Factorization / 189 + \\ + 7.4.5 Hyperplane Ordering / 189 \\ + A Acquiring Mathematical Software / 191 \\ + B Glossary / 197 \\ + C Information on Various High-Performance Computers / + 213 \\ + D Level 1, 2, and 3 BLAS Quick Reference / 221 \\ + E Operation Counts for Various BLAS and Decompositions + / 227 \\ + Index / 247", } @Book{Doolen:LGM90, @@ -3917,8 +4335,8 @@ Jean van Heijenoort", title = "Kurt {\"G}odel: Collected Works. Vol. 1: Publications 1929-1936", - publisher = pub-OUP, - address = pub-OUP:adr, + publisher = pub-OXFORD, + address = pub-OXFORD:adr, pages = "459", year = "1986", ISBN = "0-19-503964-5", @@ -3970,9 +4388,10 @@ acknowledgement = ack-mz, } -@Book{Flynn:1995:WH, +@Book{Flynn:1995:WHH, author = "Peter Flynn", - title = "The {WorldWideWeb} Handbook", + title = "The {WorldWideWeb} Handbook: An {HTML} Guide for + Users, Authors and Publishers", publisher = pub-ITCP, address = pub-ITCP:adr, pages = "xix + 351", @@ -3981,12 +4400,46 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-1-85032-205-4", LCCN = "TK5105.888 .F56 1995", bibdate = "Wed Nov 15 08:24:30 1995", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", - note = "Includes HTML quick reference guide. The book was - written with the O'Reilly/Davenport DocBook SGML DTD, - then translated with SGML2{\TeX} to plain {\TeX}, and - typeset with Karl Berry's Eplain macros.", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/internet.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + note = "Foreword by Tim Berners-Lee. Three sections deal with + (1) Getting connected to the Internet and using + Internet software; (2) Writing HTML (2.0) files for the + WorldWideWeb; (3) Running a HTTP server and providing a + Web service. Author is a member of the IETF Working + Group on HTML. Text includes additional material on + SGML; choice of editors, browsers and servers; + copyright and intellectual property; and advance + details of HTML3.", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + remark = "The book was written with the O'Reilly/Davenport + DocBook SGML DTD, then translated with SGML2{\TeX} to + plain {\TeX}, and typeset with Karl Berry's Eplain + macros.", + tableofcontents = "1: Introduction \\ + 2: WorldWideWhat? \\ + 3: For beginners \\ + 4: Getting used to the Internet \\ + 5: Using a WorldWideWeb browser \\ + 6: How it works \\ + 7: Introduction to HTML \\ + 8: Simple document markup \\ + 9: Hypertext links and graphics \\ + 10: Tables, mathematics, and forms \\ + 11: Controlling appearances \\ + 12: Server software \\ + 13: 'Searchable' URLs \\ + 14: Keeping things straight \\ + 15: Rights and responsibilities \\ + 16: Copyright and intellectual property \\ + 17: Authentication, encryption, and charging \\ + 18: Future developments \\ + Appendix A: Converting existing text \\ + Appendix B: HTML3 \\ + Appendix C: Resources \\ + Appendix D: ISO and other sets of code tables", } @Book{Fortier:HLT89, @@ -4087,7 +4540,10 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-8053-1670-4", LCCN = "QA76.73.C15F75 1995", bibdate = "Wed Feb 08 10:55:34 1995", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/lcc.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", note = "From the authors' announcement: ``\ldots this book is an example of a `literate program.' Like {\em {\TeX}: The Program\/} by D. E. Knuth (Addison-Wesley, 1986), @@ -4104,7 +4560,175 @@ on the WWW at URL \path=http://www.cs.princeton.edu/software/lcc=.''", price = "US\$55.95", + URL = "https://www.pearson.com/us/higher-education/program/Hanson-Retargetable-C-Compiler-A-Design-and-Implementation/PGM166351.html", + abstract = "This new text examines the design and implementation + of Icc, a production-quality, retargetable compiler, + designed at AT\&T Bell Laboratories and Princeton + University for the ANSI C programming language. The + authors' innovative approach --- a ``literate program'' + that intermingles the text with the source code --- + gives a detailed tour of the code that explains the + implementation and design decisions reflected in the + software. And while most books describe toy compilers + or focus on isolated pieces of code, the authors have + made available the entire source code for a real + compiler. Structured as a self-study guide that + describes the real-world tradeoffs encountered in + building a production-quality compiler, A Retargetable + C Compiler is also useful to individuals who work in + application areas using or creating language-based + tools and techniques. Features: discusses the + implementation and design tradeoffs made while + constructing a real ANSI C compiler, illustrating the + interaction between theory and practice; covers + compiler theory only as needed to understand the + implementation of Icc, focusing instead on practical, + applied issues; encourages a deeper understanding of + programming in C, by providing C programmers with a + tour of the language from the perspective of compiler + authors; includes coverage of code generators for the + MIPS R3000, SPARC, and Intel 386 and its successors; + and provides access to the full source code for the Icc + compiler, the three back ends, and the code-generator + generator, either on disk or via FTP.", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "1. Introduction: Literate Programs \\ + How to Read This Book \\ + Overview \\ + Design \\ + Common Declarations \\ + Syntax Specifications \\ + Errors \\ + 2. Storage Management: Memory Management Interface \\ + Arena Representation \\ + Allocating Space \\ + Deallocating Space \\ + Strings \\ + 3. Types: Representing Symbols \\ + Representing Symbol Tables \\ + Changing Scope \\ + Finding and Installing Identifiers \\ + Labels \\ + Constants \\ + Generated Variables \\ + 4. Code Generation Interface: Representing Types \\ + Type Management \\ + Type Predicates \\ + Type Constructors \\ + Function Types \\ + Structure and Enumeration Types \\ + Type-Checking Functions \\ + Type Mapping \\ + 5. Lexical Analysis: Type Metrics \\ + Interface Records \\ + Symbols \\ + Types \\ + Dag Operators \\ + Interface Flags \\ + Initialization \\ + Definitions \\ + Constants \\ + Functions \\ + Interface Binding \\ + Upcalls \\ + 6. Parsing: Input \\ + Recognizing Tokens \\ + Recognizing Keywords \\ + Recognizing Identifiers \\ + Recognizing Numbers \\ + Recognizing Character Constants and Strings \\ + 7. Expressions \\ + Languages and Grammars \\ + Ambiguity and Parse Trees \\ + Top-Down Parsing \\ + FIRST and FOLLOW Sets \\ + Writing Parsing Functions \\ + Handling Syntax Errors \\ + 8. Expressions: Representing Expressions \\ + Parsing Expressions \\ + Parsing C Expressions \\ + Assignment Expressions \\ + Conditional Expressions \\ + Binary Expressions \\ + Unary and Postfix Expressions \\ + Primary Expressions \\ + 9. Expression Semantics: Conversions \\ + Unary and Postfix Operators \\ + Function Calls \\ + Binary Operators \\ + Assignments \\ + Conditionals \\ + Constant Folding \\ + 10. Statements: Representing Code \\ + Execution Points \\ + Recognizing Statements \\ + If Statements \\ + Labels and Gotos \\ + Loops \\ + Switch Statements \\ + Return Statements \\ + Managing Labels and Jumps \\ + 11. Declarations: Translation Units \\ + Declarations \\ + Declarators \\ + Function Declarators \\ + Structure Specifiers \\ + Function Definitions \\ + Compound Statements \\ + Finalization \\ + The Main Program \\ + 12. Generating Immediate Code: Eliminating Common + Subexpressions \\ + Building Nodes \\ + Flow of Control \\ + Assignments \\ + Function Calls \\ + Enforcing Evaluation Order \\ + Driving Code Generation \\ + Eliminating Multiply Referenced Nodes \\ + 13. Structuring the Code Generator: Organization of the + Code Generator \\ + Interface Extensions \\ + Upcalls \\ + Node Extensions \\ + Symbol Extensions \\ + Frame Layout \\ + Generating Code to Copy Blocks \\ + Initialization \\ + 14. Selecting and Emitting instructions: Specifications + \\ + Labelling the Tree \\ + Reducing the Tree \\ + Cost Functions \\ + Debugging \\ + The Emitter \\ + Register Targeting \\ + Coordinating Instruction Selection \\ + Shared Rules \\ + Writing Specifications \\ + 15. Register Allocation: Organization \\ + Tracking the Register State \\ + Allocating Registers \\ + Spilling \\ + 16. Generating MIPS R3000 Code: Registers \\ + Selecting Instructions \\ + Implementing Functions \\ + Defining Data \\ + Segments \\ + Copying Blocks \\ + 17. Generating SPARC Code: Registers \\ + Selecting Instructions \\ + Implementing Functions \\ + Defining Data \\ + Copying Blocks, 18. Generating X86 Code: Registers \\ + Selecting Instructions \\ + Implementing Functions \\ + Defining Data \\ + 19. Retrospective: Data Structures \\ + Interface \\ + Syntactic and Semantic Analyses \\ + Code Generation and Optimization \\ + Testing and Validation", } @Book{Freeman:NN91, @@ -4218,8 +4842,8 @@ @Book{Gibson:PNA90, author = "Rosalind S. Gibson", title = "Principles of Nutritional Assessment", - publisher = pub-OUP, - address = pub-OUP:adr, + publisher = pub-OXFORD, + address = pub-OXFORD:adr, pages = "xvi + 691", year = "1990", ISBN = "0-19-505838-0", @@ -4288,38 +4912,199 @@ acknowledgement = ack-mz, } -@Book{Golub:MC89, - author = "Gene H. Golub and Charles F. van Loan", +@Book{Golub:1989:MC, + author = "Gene H. Golub and Charles F. {Van Loan}", title = "Matrix Computations", - publisher = pub-JHUP, - address = pub-JHUP:adr, + volume = "3", + publisher = pub-JOHNS-HOPKINS, + address = pub-JOHNS-HOPKINS:adr, edition = "Second", - pages = "xvi + 476", + pages = "xix + 642", year = "1989", - ISBN = "0-8018-3010-9 (hardcover), 0-8018-3011-7 (paperback)", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-8018-3010-5 (hardcover), 978-0-8018-3011-2 + ISBN = "0-8018-3772-3 (hardcover), 0-8018-3739-1 (paperback)", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-8018-3772-2 (hardcover), 978-0-8018-3739-5 (paperback)", - LCCN = "QA188 .G65 1983", - bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:00:46 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + LCCN = "QA188 .G65 1989", + MRclass = "65Fxx (65-02)", + MRnumber = "90d:65055", + MRreviewer = "Perry Smith", + bibdate = "Mon Oct 26 07:31:01 1998", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/g/golub-gene-h.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/l/lanczos-cornelius.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/domain-decomp.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/matlab.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + price = "US\$14.50", series = "Johns Hopkins Series in the Mathematical Sciences", + ZMnumber = "0733.65016", + abstract = "Thoroughly revised, updated, and expanded by more than + one third, this new edition of Golub and Van Loan's + landmark book in scientific computing provides the + vital mathematical background and algorithmic skills + required for the production of numerical software. New + chapters on high performance computing use matrix + multiplication to show how to organize a calculation + for vector processors as well as for computers with + shared or distributed memories. Also new are + discussions of parallel vector methods for linear + equations, least squares, and eigenvalue problems.", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, -} - -@Book{Golub:SCD92, + author-dates = "Gene Howard Golub (February 29, 1932--November 16, + 2007)", + keywords = "book; math; matrices --- data processing; matrices --- + informatique; na; nla", + libnote = "Not yet in my library.", + remark = "See review by G. W. Steward in Mathematics of + Computation, Vol. 56, No. 193 (Jan., 1991), + pp. 380--381.", + shorttableofcontents = "Preface to the Third Edition \\ + Software \\ + Selected References \\ + Matrix Multiplication Problems / 1 \\ + Matrix Analysis / 48 \\ + General Linear Systems / 87 \\ + Special Linear Systems / 133 \\ + Orthogonalization and Least Squares / 206 \\ + Parallel Matrix Computations / 275 \\ + The Unsymmetric Eigenvalue Problem / 308 \\ + The Symmetric Eigenvalue Problem / 391 \\ + Lanczos Methods / 470 \\ + Iterative Methods for Linear Systems / 508 \\ + Functions of Matrices / 555 \\ + Special Topics / 579 \\ + Bibliography / 637 \\ + Index / 687", + tableofcontents = "Preface to the First Edition / xi \\ + Preface to the Second Edition / xv \\ + Using the Book / xvii \\ + 1: Matrix Multiplication Problems / 1 \\ + 1.1 Basic Algorithms and Notations / 2 \\ + 1.2 Exploiting Structure / 16 \\ + 1.3 Block Matrices and Algorithms / 25 \\ + 1.4 Aspects of Vector Pipeline Computing / 35 \\ + 2: Matrix Analysis / 49 \\ + 2.1 Basic Ideas from Linear Algebra / 49 \\ + 2.2 Vector Norms / 53 \\ + 2.3 Matrix Norms / 55 \\ + 2.4 Finite Precision Matrix Computations / 60 \\ + 2.5 Orthogonality and the SVD / 70 \\ + 2.6 Projections and the CS Decomposition / 75 \\ + 2.7 The Sensitivity of Square Linear Systems / 79 \\ + 3: General Linear Systems / 86 \\ + 3.1 Triangular Systems / 86 \\ + 3.2 Computing the LU Factorization / 92 \\ + 3.3 Roundoff Analysis of Gaussian Elimination / 104 \\ + 3.4 Pivoting / 108 \\ + 3.5 Improving and Estimating Accuracy / 123 \\ + 4: Special Linear Systems / 133 \\ + 4.1 The $LDM^T$ and $LDL^T$ Factorizations / 134 \\ + 4.2 Positive Definite Systems / 139 \\ + 4.3 Banded Systems / 149 \\ + 4.4 Symmetric Indefinite Systems / 159 \\ + 4.5 Block Tridiagonal Systems / 170 \\ + 4.6 Vandermonde Systems / 178 \\ + 4.7 Toeplitz Systems / 183 \\ + 5: Orthogonalization and Least Squares / 193 \\ + 5.1 Householder and Givens Transformations / 194 \\ + 5.2 The $Q R$ Factorization / 211 \\ + 5.3 The Full Rank Least Squares Problem / 221 \\ + 5.4 Other Orthogonal Factorizations / 233 \\ + 5.5 The Rank Deficient Least Squares Problem / 241 \\ + 5.6 Weighting and Iterative Improvement / 250 \\ + 5.7 A Note on Square and Underdetermined Systems / 256 + \\ + 6: Parallel Matrix Computations / 260 \\ + 6.1 Distributed Memory Gaxpy / 261 \\ + 6.2 Shared Memory Gaxpy / 276 \\ + 6.3 Parallel Matrix Multiplication / 288 \\ + 6.4 Ring Factorization Procedures / 301 \\ + 6.5 Mesh Factorization Procedures / 310 \\ + 6.6 Shared Memory Factorization Methods / 321 \\ + 7: The Unsymmetric Eigenvalue Problem / 331 \\ + 7.1 Properties and Decompositions / 332 \\ + 7.2 Perturbation Theory / 341 \\ + 7.3 Power Iterations / 351 \\ + 7.4 Hessenberg and Real Schur Forms / 361 \\ + 7.5 The Practical $Q R$ Algorithm / 373 \\ + 7.6 Invariant Subspace Computations / 382 \\ + 7.7 The $QZ$ Method for $A x = \lambda B x$ / 394 \\ + 8: The Symmetric Eigenvalue Problem / 409 \\ + 8.1 Properties, Decompositions, Perturbation Theory / + 410 \\ + 8.2 The Symmetric $Q R$ Algorithm / 418 \\ + 8.3 Computing the SVD / 427 \\ + 8.4 Some Special Methods / 437 \\ + 8.5 Jacobi Methods / 444 \\ + 8.6 A Divide and Conquer Method / 459 \\ + 8.7 More Generalized Eigenvalue Problems / 466 \\ + 9: Lanczos Methods / 475 \\ + 9.1 Derivation and Convergence Properties / 476 \\ + 9.2 Practical Lanczos Procedures / 484 \\ + 9.3 Applications and Extensions / 494 \\ + 10: Iterative Methods for Linear Systems / 505 \\ + 10.1 The Standard Iterations / 506 \\ + 10.2 The Conjugate Gradient Method / 516 \\ + 10.3 Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient Methods / 527 + \\ + 11: Functions of Matrices / 539 \\ + 11.1 Eigenvalue Methods / 540 \\ + 11.2 Approximation Methods / 546 \\ + 11.3 The Matrix Exponential / 555 \\ + 12: Special Topics / 561 \\ + 12.1 Some Constrained Least Squares Problems / 561 \\ + 12.2 Subset Selection Using the SVD / 571 \\ + 12.3 Total Least Squares / 576 \\ + 12.4 Comparing Subspaces Using the SVD / 581 \\ + 12.5 Some Modified Eigenvalue Problems / 587 \\ + 12.6 Updating the $Q R$ Factorization / 592 \\ + Bibliography / 601 \\ + Index / 635", +} + +@Book{Golub:1992:SCD, author = "Gene H. Golub and James M. Ortega", - title = "Scientific Computing and Differential Equations", - publisher = pub-AP, - address = pub-AP:adr, + title = "Scientific Computing and Differential Equations: An + Introduction to Numerical Methods", + publisher = pub-ACADEMIC, + address = pub-ACADEMIC:adr, + edition = "Second", pages = "xi + 337", year = "1992", ISBN = "0-12-289255-0", ISBN-13 = "978-0-12-289255-4", LCCN = "QA371 .G62 1992", + MRclass = "65Lxx, 00A06, 65-01, 65Fxx, 65Hxx, 65Mxx, 65Nxx", + MRnumber = "92f:65002", bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:00:48 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/g/golub-gene-h.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", note = prep-latex, + ZMnumber = "0749.65041", acknowledgement = ack-gg, + author-dates = "Gene Howard Golub (February 29, 1932--November 16, + 2007)", + keywords = "na, book", + remark = "Several library catalogs identify this entry and entry + Golub:1996:SCD as `editions': however, the ISBN remains + unchanged, and no trace of first or third editions has + been found in library catalogs, so it may be that these + are just printings, possibly with corrections.", + tableofcontents = "The World of Scientific Computing \\ + Letting It Fly \\ + Initial Value Problems \\ + Pinning It Down: Boundary Value Problems \\ + More on Linear Systems of Equations \\ + Life Is Really Nonlinear \\ + Is There More Than Finite Differences? N Important + Numbers \\ + Space and Time \\ + The Curse of Dimensionality \\ + Appendixes: Analysis of Differential Equations \\ + Linear Algebra \\ + Bibliography \\ + Index", } @Book{Goodheart:MGE94, @@ -4394,18 +5179,77 @@ acknowledgement = ack-mz, } -@Book{Grandine:NMP90, +@Book{Grandine:1990:NMP, author = "Thomas A. Grandine", title = "The Numerical Methods Programming Projects Book", - publisher = pub-OUP, - address = pub-OUP:adr, + publisher = pub-OXFORD, + address = pub-OXFORD:adr, pages = "viii + 146", year = "1990", - ISBN = "0-19-853387-X", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-19-853387-0", + ISBN = "0-19-853385-3 (hardcover), 0-19-853387-X (paperback)", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-19-853385-6 (hardcover), 978-0-19-853387-0 + (paperback)", LCCN = "QA76.6 .G718 1990", - bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:01:17 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:54:20 1993", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/numana1990.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + ZMnumber = "0687.65002", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + shorttableofcontents = "Introduction \\ + 1. The Set Up \\ + 2. Project 1 Through Project 22 \\ + 3. Documentation \\ + 4. Co5adf \\ + 5. Do1ajf \\ + 6. Do2hbf \\ + 7. Eo2baf \\ + 8. Eo2bcf \\ + 9. Eo2bdf \\ + 10. Eo4vdf \\ + 11. Fo1btf \\ + 12. Fo2waf \\ + 13. Fo4ayf \\ + 14. FO4JGf", + tableofcontents = "Introduction / 1 \\ + The setup / 6 \\ + Project 1 / 8 \\ + Project 2 / 10 \\ + Project 3 / 12 \\ + Project 4 / 14 \\ + Project 5 / 16 \\ + Project 6 / 18 \\ + Project 7 / 20 \\ + Project 8 / 22 \\ + Project 9 / 25 \\ + Project 10 / 27 \\ + Project 11 / 30 \\ + Project 12 / 32 \\ + Project 13 / 36 \\ + Project 14 / 38 \\ + Project 15 / 40 \\ + Project 16 / 42 \\ + Project 17 / 44 \\ + Project 18 / 46 \\ + Project 19 / 48 \\ + Project 20 / 51 \\ + Project 21 / 53 \\ + Project 22 / 56 \\ + Documentation / 59 \\ + C0SADF / 60 \\ + D01AJF / 63 \\ + D02BBF / 67 \\ + D02HBF / 73 \\ + E02BAF / 82 \\ + E02BCF / 88 \\ + E02BDF / 92 \\ + E04VDF / 95 \\ + F01BTF / 106 \\ + F02WAF / 109 \\ + F04AYF / 113 \\ + F04JGF / 116 \\ + Answers to exercises / 121 \\ + NAG Graphical Library examples / 135 Index / 144", } @Book{Granshaw:HAO88, @@ -4885,11 +5729,71 @@ ISBN = "0-89871-355-2 (paperback)", ISBN-13 = "978-0-89871-355-8 (paperback)", LCCN = "QA297.H53 1996", + MRclass = "65Fxx, 15-04, 65-02, 65G50", bibdate = "Tue Jan 30 11:01:35 1996", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", - note = "Typeset with \LaTeX2e", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/h/higham-nicholas-john.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/fparith.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", price = "US\$39.00", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + URL = "http://www.ma.man.ac.uk/~higham/asna.html", + acknowledgement = ack-njh # " and " # ack-nhfb, + remark = "Typeset with \LaTeX2e.", + tableofcontents = "Principles of Finite Precision Computation \\ + Relative Error and Significant Digits \\ + Sources of Errors \\ + Precision Versus Accuracy \\ + Backward and Forward Errors \\ + Conditioning \\ + Cancellation \\ + Solving a Quadratic Equation \\ + Computing the Sample Variance \\ + Solving Linear Equations \\ + Accumulation of Rounding Errors \\ + Instability Without Cancellation \\ + Increasing the Precision \\ + Cancellation of Rounding Errors \\ + Rounding Errors Can Be Beneficial \\ + Stability of an Algorithm Depends on the Problem \\ + Rounding Errors Are Not Random \\ + Designing Stable Algorithms \\ + Misconceptions \\ + Rounding Errors in Numerical Analysis \\ + Floating Point Arithmetic \\ + Floating Point Number System \\ + Model of Arithmetic \\ + IEEE Arithmetic \\ + Aberrant Arithmetics \\ + Exact Subtraction \\ + Fused Multiply-Add Operation \\ + Choice of Base and Distribution of Numbers \\ + Statistical Distribution of Rounding Errors \\ + Alternative Number Systems \\ + Elementary Functions \\ + Accuracy Tests \\ + Inner and Outer Products \\ + The Purpose of Rounding Error Analysis \\ + Running Error Analysis \\ + Notation for Error Analysis \\ + Matrix Multiplication \\ + Complex Arithmetic \\ + Miscellany \\ + Error Analysis Demystified \\ + Other Approaches \\ + Summation \\ + Summation Methods \\ + Error Analysis \\ + Compensated Summation \\ + Other Summation Methods \\ + Statistical Estimates of Accuracy \\ + Choice of Method \\ + Polynomials \\ + Horner's Method \\ + Evaluating Derivatives \\ + The Newton Form and Polynomial Interpolation \\ + Matrix Polynomials \\ + Norms \\ + Vector Norms", } @Book{Hildreth:MVM84, @@ -5900,20 +6804,28 @@ acknowledgement = ack-fl, } -@Book{Lyche:MMC89, - author = "Tom Lyche and Larry L. Schumaker", +@Proceedings{Lyche:1989:MMC, + editor = "Tom Lyche and Larry L. Schumaker", + booktitle = "Mathematical Methods in Computer Aided Geometric + Design", title = "Mathematical Methods in Computer Aided Geometric Design", - publisher = pub-AP, - address = pub-AP:adr, + publisher = pub-ACADEMIC, + address = pub-ACADEMIC:adr, pages = "xv + 611", year = "1989", ISBN = "0-12-460515-X", ISBN-13 = "978-0-12-460515-2", LCCN = "QA448.D38 M381 1989", - bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:03:54 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", - acknowledgement = ack-bnb, + MRclass = "00Bxx, 41-06", + bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 10:38:41 1993", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + ZMnumber = "0669.00011", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + remark = "Papers originally presented at an international + conference held June 16--22, 1988, at the University of + Oslo, Norway.", } @Book{Lynch:1996:DA, @@ -7313,10 +8225,41 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-00311-5", LCCN = "QA76.9.A25 S265 2003", bibdate = "Mon Jun 16 18:35:35 2003", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/cryptography2000.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/datacompression.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sigact.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", price = "US\$59.95", URL = "http://www.booksbydavidsalomon.com/", + abstract = "This integrated volume focuses on keeping data secure + and private and covers classical cryptography, modern + cryptography, and steganography. Each topic is + presented and explained by describing various methods, + techniques, and algorithms. Moreover, there are + numerous helpful examples to reinforce the reader's + understanding and expertise with these techniques and + methodologies.", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "Part I: Data Encryption \\ + 1: Monoalphabetic Substitution Ciphers \\ + 2: Transposition Ciphers \\ + 3: Polyalphabetic Substitution Ciphers \\ + 4: Random Numbers \\ + 5: The Enigma \\ + 6: Stream Ciphers \\ + 7: Block Ciphers \\ + 8: Public-Key Cryptography \\ + 9: Quantum Cryptography \\ + Part II: Data Hiding \\ + 10: Data Hiding in Text \\ + 11: Data Hiding in Images \\ + 12: Data Hiding: Other Methods \\ + Part III: Essential Resources \\ + Appendix A: Convolution \\ + Appendix B: Hashing \\ + Appendix C: Cyclic Redundancy Codes \\ + Appendix D: Galois Fields", } @Book{Salomon:2004:DCC, @@ -7679,7 +8622,7 @@ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, } -@Book{Sedgewick:A88, +@Book{Sedgewick:1988:A, author = "Robert Sedgewick", title = "Algorithms", publisher = pub-AW, @@ -7690,10 +8633,18 @@ ISBN = "0-201-06673-4", ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-06673-9", LCCN = "QA76.6 .S435 1988", - bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:07:56 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", - note = prep-tex, - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb # " and " # ack-mz, + MRclass = "68-01, 68N01, 68P05, 68P10, 68Q25, 68W10, 68W99", + bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 10:41:37 1993", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg-2ed.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hash.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + price = "US\$34.95", + ZMnumber = "0717.68005", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + libnote = "Not yet in my library.", + remark = prep-tex, } @Book{Sedgewick:AC90, @@ -7956,24 +8907,36 @@ acknowledgement = ack-te, } -@Book{Steele:common-lisp-2, +@Book{Steele:1990:CLL, author = "Guy L. {Steele Jr.}", - title = "Common Lisp\emdash The Language", - publisher = pub-DP # " and " # pub-PH, - address = pub-DP:adr # " and " # pub-PH:adr, + title = "{Common Lisp}: The Language", + publisher = pub-DP, + address = pub-DP:adr, edition = "Second", pages = "xxiii + 1029", year = "1990", - ISBN = "1-55558-041-6 (paperback) and 1-55558-042-4 - (hardcover) (Digital Press), 0-13-152414-3 - (Prentice-Hall)", - ISBN-13 = "978-1-55558-041-4 (paperback) and 978-1-55558-042-1 - (hardcover) (Digital Press), 978-0-13-152414-9 - (Prentice-Hall)", + ISBN = "1-55558-041-6 (paperback), 1-55558-042-4 (hardcover), + 0-08-050226-1 (e-book), 0-13-152414-3 (Prentice-Hall)", + ISBN-13 = "978-1-55558-041-4 (paperback), 978-1-55558-042-1 + (hardcover), 978-0-08-050226-7 (e-book), + 978-0-13-152414-9 (Prentice-Hall)", LCCN = "QA76.73.L23 S73 1990", - bibdate = "Fri Jul 22 10:26:10 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", - note = "Camera-ready copy for this book was created by the + bibdate = "Thu May 16 16:38:35 2002", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/case-based-reasoning.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/common-lisp.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + note = "With contributions by Scott E. Fahlman and others, and + with contributions to the second edition by Daniel G. + Bobrow and others. See also + \cite{Steele:CLL84,Tatar:PGC87}.", + abstract = "In this greatly expanded edition of the defacto + standard, you'll learn about the nearly 200 changes + already made since original publication --- and find + out about gray areas likely to be revised later.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + libnote = "Not yet in my library.", + remark = "Camera-ready copy for this book was created by the author (using {\TeX}, {\LaTeX}, and {\TeX} macros written by the author), proofed on an Apple LaserWriter II, and printed on a Linotron 300 at Advanced Computer @@ -8004,8 +8967,113 @@ book were digitized by Adobe Systems Incorporated, except for Computer Modern Math, which was designed by Donald E. Knuth.", - price = "US\$38.95 (paperback), US\$44.95 (hardcover)", - acknowledgement = ack-gs, + tableofcontents = "Preface (Second Edition) \\ + Acknowledgments (Second Edition) \\ + Acknowledgments (First Edition) \\ + 1: Introduction \\ + 1.1. Purpose \\ + 1.2. Notational Conventions \\ + 2: Data Types \\ + 2.1. Numbers \\ + 2.2. Characters \\ + 2.3. Symbols \\ + 2.4. Lists and Conses \\ + 2.5. Arrays \\ + 2.6. Hash Tables \\ + 2.7. Readtables \\ + 2.8. Packages \\ + 2.9. Pathnames \\ + 2.10. Streams \\ + 2.11. Random-States \\ + 2.12. Structures \\ + 2.13. Functions \\ + 2.14. Unreadable Data Objects \\ + 2.15. Overlap, Inclusion, and Disjointness of Types \\ + 3: Scope and Extent \\ + 4: Type Specifiers \\ + 4.1. Type Specifier Symbols \\ + 4.2. Type Specifier Lists \\ + 4.3. Predicating Type Specifiers \\ + 4.4. Type Specifiers That Combine \\ + 4.5. Type Specifiers That Specialize \\ + 4.6. Type Specifiers That Abbreviate \\ + 4.7. Defining New Type Specifiers \\ + 4.8. Type Conversion Function \\ + 4.9. Determining the Type of an Object \\ + 4.10. Type Upgrading \\ + 5: Program Structure \\ + 5.1. Forms \\ + 5.2. Functions \\ + 5.3. Top-Level Forms \\ + 6: Predicates \\ + 6.1. Logical Values \\ + 6.2. Data Type Predicates \\ + 6.3. Equality Predicates \\ + 6.4. Logical Operators \\ + 7: Control Structure \\ + 7.1. Constants and Variables \\ + 7.2. Generalized Variables \\ + 7.3. Function Invocation \\ + 7.4. Simple Sequencing \\ + 7.5. Establishing New Variable Bindings \\ + 7.6. Conditionals \\ + 7.7. Blocks and Exits \\ + 7.8. Iteration \\ + 7.9. Structure Traversal and Side Effects \\ + 7.10. Multiple Values \\ + 7.11. Dynamic Non-Local Exits \\ + 8: Macros \\ + 8.1. Macro Definition \\ + 8.2. Macro Expansion \\ + 8.3. Destructuring \\ + 8.4. Compiler Macros \\ + 8.5. Environments \\ + 9: Declarations \\ + 9.1. Declaration Syntax \\ + 9.2. Declaration Specifiers \\ + 9.3. Type Declaration for Forms \\ + 10: Symbols \\ + 10.1. The Property List \\ + 10.2. The Print Name \\ + 10.3. Creating Symbols \\ + 11: Packages \\ + 11.1. Consistency Rules \\ + 11.2. Package Names \\ + 11.3. Translating Strings to Symbols \\ + 11.4. Exporting and Importing Symbols \\ + 11.5. Name Conflicts \\ + 11.6. Built-in Packages \\ + 11.7. Package System Functions and Variables \\ + 11.8. Modules \\ + 11.9. An Example \\ + 12: Numbers \\ + 12.1. Precision, Contagion, and Coercion \\ + 12.2. Predicates on Numbers \\ + 12.3. Comparisons on Numbers \\ + 12.4. Arithmetic Operations \\ + 12.5. Irrational and Transcendental Functions \\ + 12.6. Type Conversions and Component Extractions on + Numbers \\ + 12.7. Logical Operations on Numbers \\ + 12.8. Byte Manipulation Functions \\ + 12.9. Random Numbers \\ + 12.10. Implementation Parameters \\ + 13: Characters \\ + 13.1. Character Attributes \\ + 13.2. Predicates on Characters \\ + 13.3. Character Construction and Selection \\ + 13.4. Character Conversions \\ + 13.5. Character Control-Bit Functions \\ + 14: Sequences \\ + 14.1. Simple Sequence Functions \\ + 14.2. Concatenating, Mapping, and Reducing Sequences + \\ + 14.3. Modifying Sequences \\ + 14.4. Searching Sequences for Items \\ + 14.5. Sorting and Merging \\ + 15: Lists \\ + 15.1. Conses \\ + 15.2. Lists", } @Book{Stephen:NND90, @@ -8656,21 +9724,86 @@ acknowledgement = ack-mz, } -@Book{vanHerwijnen:PS90, - author = "Eric van Herwijnen", +@Book{vanHerwijnen:1990:PS, + author = "Eric {van Herwijnen}", title = "Practical {SGML}", publisher = pub-KLUWER, address = pub-KLUWER:adr, pages = "xviii + 307", year = "1990", - ISBN = "0-7923-0635-X", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-7923-0635-1", + DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-0687-0", + ISBN = "0-7923-0635-X, 0-7923-9434-8", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-7923-0635-1, 978-0-7923-9434-1", LCCN = "QA76.73.S44 V36 1990", - bibdate = "Fri Jul 22 10:37:37 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", - note = "I have not yet seen the final version; it might not be - in {\TeX/\LaTeX}.", - acknowledgement = ack-mc, + bibdate = "Mon Oct 26 07:31:07 1998", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + price = "UK\pounds24.90, US\$49.00", + abstract = "Many times there are subjects which demand further + explanations and guidance written about them. Such is + the case with SGML, the Standard Generalized Markup + Language; and ISO Standard published in October, 1986 + under the number 8879. There have been many conferences + given on this topic, world-wide, as the interest in + SGML exists in Europe, the US, Australia and Japan. + This book is the first which contains information not + only on ISO 8879 itself, but many helpful hints and + ideas on developing SGML, applications and discussions + of the current software written to be conforming to the + ISO standard. 'Ibis book is critical for any end-user + and application developer to understand the many issues + necessary to develop SGML implementations (software + selection is one of the topics discussed) and SGML + applications. A number of examples of the applications + of SGML in various situations are discussed and one can + expect that the book will stimulate further discussion + of these. This book is a practical guide to various + components of the language and the author's experience + in development and working with SGML in his position as + leader of the text processing section at CERN ensures + that the guidance is based on practical first-hand + experience at an installation with a large number of + end-users of very varied experience.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "I Getting Started with SGML 1 \\ + 1: Introduction \\ + 2: An SGML application \\ + document type components \\ + 3: Creating an SGML application: method and basics \\ + 4: Creating an SGML application: examples and summary + \\ + 5: Managing SGML \\ + II: Advanced SGML 97 \\ + 6: Creating an SGML application: advanced concepts \\ + 7: Advanced SGML constructs \\ + 8: Mathematics and Graphics \\ + III: SGML implementations 165 \\ + 9: SGML implementations \\ + 10: Creating SGML documents \\ + 11: SGML and databases \\ + 12: The CALS initiative \\ + 13: SGML and EDI \\ + Appendix A: Answers to the problems \\ + A.1 Answers for Chapter 1 \\ + A.2 Answers for Chapter 2 \\ + A.3 Answers for Chapter 3 \\ + A.4 Answers for Chapter 4 \\ + A.5 Answers for Chapter 6 \\ + A.6 Answers for Chapter 7 \\ + A.7 Answers for Chapter 10 \\ + Appendix B: Writing a book on SGML using SGML \\ + B.1 Statistics \\ + B.2 Document exchange \\ + B.3 Bibliography for Appendix B \\ + Appendix C: The Ericbook DTD \\ + Appendix D: Some TeX entity definitions \\ + Appendix E: How to read ISO 8879 \\ + E.1 Structure of the SGML standard \\ + E.2 Notation used in the SGML standard \\ + E.3 Bibliography for Appendix E \\ + Bibliography for Glossary", } @Book{vanHerwijnen:PS94, @@ -8841,8 +9974,8 @@ @Book{Vitter:DAC87, author = "Jeffrey Scott Vitter", title = "Design and Analysis of Coalesced Hashing", - publisher = pub-OUP, - address = pub-OUP:adr, + publisher = pub-OXFORD, + address = pub-OXFORD:adr, pages = "xii + 160", year = "1987", ISBN = "0-19-504182-8", @@ -9134,8 +10267,8 @@ author = "Arthur G. Werschulz", title = "The Computational Complexity of Differential and Integral Equations: An Information-Based Approach", - publisher = pub-OUP, - address = pub-OUP:adr, + publisher = pub-OXFORD, + address = pub-OXFORD:adr, pages = "ix + 331", month = oct, year = "1991", @@ -9484,20 +10617,118 @@ acknowledgement = ack-bnb, } -@Book{Zwillinger:HI92, +@Book{Zwillinger:1992:HI, author = "Daniel Zwillinger", title = "Handbook of Integration", - publisher = pub-JBP, - address = pub-JBP:adr, + publisher = pub-A-K-PETERS, + address = pub-A-K-PETERS:adr, pages = "xv + 367", year = "1992", - ISBN = "0-86720-293-9", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-86720-293-9", + ISBN = "0-86720-293-9, 1-4398-6584-1 (e-book)", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-86720-293-9, 978-1-4398-6584-2 (e-book)", LCCN = "QA299.3 .Z85 1992", - bibdate = "Tue Mar 30 16:11:44 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", + MRclass = "65D32, 26A42, 65-00, 65D30, 68W30, 28-01, 26-01", + bibdate = "Sat Dec 24 15:53:15 MST 2005", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/numana1990.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib", note = prep-tex, - acknowledgement = ack-ys, + abstract = "This book is a compilation of the most important and + widely applicable methods for evaluating and + approximating integrals. It is an indispensable time + saver for engineers and scientists needing to evaluate + integrals in their work.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + bookformat = "Hardcover", + category = "Professional \& Technical; Professional Science; + Mathematics; Pure Mathematics; Calculus", + DEWEY = "515.43 20", + idnumber = "541", + keywords = "Numerical integration", + libnote = "Not in my library.", + subject = "Numerical integration", + tableofcontents = "Preface \\ + Introduction \\ + How to Use This Book \\ + Part I: Applications of Integration \\ + 1: Differential Equations: Integral Representations \\ + 2: Differential Equations: Integral Transforms \\ + 3: Extremal Problems \\ + 4: Function Representation \\ + 5: Geometric Applications \\ + 6: MIT Integration Bee \\ + 7: Probability \\ + 8: Summations: Combinatorial \\ + 9: Summations: Other \\ + 10: Zeros of Functions \\ + 11: Miscellaneous Applications \\ + Part II: Concepts and Definitions \\ + 12: Definitions \\ + 13: Integral Definitions \\ + 14: Caveats \\ + 15: Changing Order of Integration \\ + 16: Convergence of Integrals \\ + 17: Exterior Calculus \\ + 18: Feynman Diagrams \\ + 19: Finite Part of Integrals \\ + 20: Fractional Integration \\ + 21: Liouville Theory \\ + 22: Mean Value Theorems \\ + 23: Path Integrals \\ + 24: Principal Value Integrals \\ + 25: Transforms: To a Finite Interval \\ + 26: Transforms: Multidimensional Integrals \\ + 27: Transforms: Miscellaneous \\ + Part III: Exact Analytical Methods \\ + 28: Change of Variable \\ + 29: Computer Aided Solution \\ + 30: Contour Integration \\ + 31: Convolution Techniques \\ + 32: Differentiation and Integration \\ + 33: Dilogarithms \\ + 34: Elliptic Integrals \\ + 35: Frullanian Integrals . \\ + 36: Functional Equations \\ + 37: Integration by Parts \\ + 38: Line and Surface Integrals \\ + 39: Look Up Technique \\ + 40: Special Integration Techniques \\ + 41: Stochastic Integration \\ + 42: Tables of Integrals \\ + Part IV: Approximate Analytical Methods \\ + 43: Asymptotic Expansions \\ + 44: Asymptotic Expansions: Multiple Integrals \\ + 45: Continued Fractions \\ + 46: Integral Inequalities \\ + 47: Integration by Parts \\ + 48: Interval Analysis \\ + 49: Laplace's Method \\ + 50: Stationary Phase \\ + 51: Steepest Descent \\ + 52: Approximations: Miscellaneous \\ + Part V: Numerical Methods: Concepts \\ + 53: Introduction to Numerical Methods \\ + 54: Numerical Definitions \\ + 55: Error Analysis \\ + 56: Romberg Integration / Richardson Extrapolation \\ + 57: Software Libraries: Introduction \\ + 58: Software Libraries: Taxonomy \\ + 59: Software Libraries: Excerpts from GAMS \\ + 60: Testing Quadrature Rules \\ + 61: Truncating an Infinite Interval \\ + Part VI: Numerical Methods: Techniques \\ + 62: Adaptive Quadrature \\ + 63: Clenshaw--Curtis Rules \\ + 64: Compound Rules \\ + 65: Cubic Splines \\ + 66: Using Derivative Information \\ + 67: Gaussian Quadrature \\ + 68: Gaussian Quadrature: Generalized \\ + 69: Gaussian Quadrature: Kronrod's Extension \\ + 70: Lattice Rules \\ + 71: Monte Carlo Method \\ + 72: Number Theoretic Methods", } @Proceedings{Brachman:KR91, diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib index acc8fc3106c..0e2b6da993f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ %%% ==================================================================== %%% BibTeX-file{ %%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe", -%%% version = "3.70", -%%% date = "05 January 2019", -%%% time = "17:12:44 MST", +%%% version = "3.71", +%%% date = "31 January 2019", +%%% time = "10:23:30 MST", %%% filename = "texbook3.bib", %%% address = "University of Utah %%% Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254", %%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148", %%% URL = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe", -%%% checksum = "41693 18059 74365 731828", +%%% checksum = "28687 20940 92102 883729", %%% email = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org, %%% beebe at computer.org (Internet)", %%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ %%% covered in separate bibliographies %%% (ep.bib, epodd.bib, and sgml.bib). %%% -%%% At version 3.70, the year coverage looks +%%% At version 3.71, the year coverage looks %%% like this: %%% %%% 1928 ( 1) 1959 ( 0) 1990 ( 54) %%% 1929 ( 0) 1960 ( 0) 1991 ( 41) %%% 1930 ( 0) 1961 ( 0) 1992 ( 83) -%%% 1931 ( 0) 1962 ( 1) 1993 ( 46) +%%% 1931 ( 0) 1962 ( 1) 1993 ( 45) %%% 1932 ( 0) 1963 ( 0) 1994 ( 38) %%% 1933 ( 0) 1964 ( 0) 1995 ( 29) %%% 1934 ( 0) 1965 ( 0) 1996 ( 15) @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ %%% 1947 ( 0) 1978 ( 8) 2009 ( 6) %%% 1948 ( 0) 1979 ( 5) 2010 ( 5) %%% 1949 ( 0) 1980 ( 8) 2011 ( 6) -%%% 1950 ( 1) 1981 ( 13) 2012 ( 6) +%%% 1950 ( 1) 1981 ( 13) 2012 ( 7) %%% 1951 ( 0) 1982 ( 21) 2013 ( 5) %%% 1952 ( 0) 1983 ( 24) 2014 ( 0) %%% 1953 ( 0) 1984 ( 15) 2015 ( 2) @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ %%% 19xx ( 2) %%% %%% Article: 210 -%%% Book: 324 +%%% Book: 325 %%% Booklet: 12 %%% InCollection: 13 %%% InProceedings: 125 @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ %%% Periodical: 1 %%% PhdThesis: 12 %%% Proceedings: 38 -%%% TechReport: 60 +%%% TechReport: 59 %%% Unpublished: 2 %%% %%% Total entries: 832 @@ -615,6 +615,9 @@ %%% ==================================================================== %%% Publisher abbreviations: +@String{pub-ACADEMIC = "Academic Press"} +@String{pub-ACADEMIC:adr = "New York, NY, USA"} + @String{pub-ACM = "ACM Press"} @String{pub-ACM:adr = "New York, NY, USA"} @@ -696,7 +699,7 @@ @String{pub-CHARTWELL:adr = "110 Enterprise Avenue, Secaucus, New Jersey 07094, USA"} -@String{pub-CIAOCO = "Editions Ciaoco"} +@String{pub-CIAOCO = "{\'E}ditions Ciaoco"} @String{pub-CIAOCO:adr = "Artel, Bruxelles, Belgium"} @String{pub-CRC = "CRC Press"} @@ -716,6 +719,10 @@ @String{pub-CUP = "Cambridge University Press"} @String{pub-CUP:adr = "New York"} +@String{pub-CWI = "Centrum voor Wiskunde en Informatica"} +@String{pub-CWI:adr = "P. O. Box 4079, 1009 AB Amsterdam, + The Netherlands"} + @String{pub-DP = "Digital Press"} @String{pub-DP:adr = "12 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730, USA"} @@ -908,8 +915,8 @@ @String{pub-ORA-FRANCE = "O'Reilly"} @String{pub-ORA-FRANCE:adr = "Paris, France"} -@String{pub-OUP = "Oxford University Press"} -@String{pub-OUP:adr = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK"} +@String{pub-OXFORD = "Oxford University Press"} +@String{pub-OXFORD:adr = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK"} @String{pub-PEACHPIT = "Peachpit Press, Inc."} @String{pub-PEACHPIT:adr = "1085 Keith Avenue, Berkeley, CA 94708, USA"} @@ -936,6 +943,9 @@ @String{pub-PRIME-TIME-FREEWARE:adr = "370 Altair Way, Suite 150, Sunnyvale, CA, USA"} +@String{pub-PRINCETON = "Princeton University Press"} +@String{pub-PRINCETON:adr = "Princeton, NJ, USA"} + @String{pub-PROTVINO = "Protvino"} @String{pub-PROTVINO:adr = "Moscow, Russia"} @@ -1042,6 +1052,9 @@ @String{pub-W = "Wiley"} @String{pub-W:adr = "Chichester, UK"} +@String{pub-WATSON-GUPTILL = "Wat{\-}son-Gup{\-}till Publications"} +@String{pub-WATSON-GUPTILL:adr = "1515 Broadway, New York, NY 10036, USA"} + @String{pub-WCB = "William C. Brown Company Publishers"} @String{pub-WCB:adr = "Dubuque, IA, USA"} @@ -1165,6 +1178,7 @@ @Book{Abrahams:1990:TI, author = "Paul W. Abrahams and Karl Berry and Kathryn A. Hargreaves", + key = "ABH90", title = "{\TeX} for the Impatient", publisher = pub-AW, address = pub-AW:adr, @@ -1173,8 +1187,223 @@ ISBN = "0-201-51375-7", ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-51375-2", LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 A27 1990", - bibdate = "Tue Jul 26 08:43:39 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:55:21 1993", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + abstract = "\TeX{}, a software system created by Donald E. Knuth, + sets the standard for typesetting in mathematics, + science, and engineering. Features: complete + description of \TeX{} commands, arranged for lookup + either by function or alphabetically; clear definitions + of essential \TeX{} concepts, collected in separate + chapter so that the command descriptions remain brief + and accessible; explanations of common error messages + and advice on solving problems that frequently arise; a + collection of useful macros (also available in + electronic form).", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + shorttableofcontents = "1 Using this book / 1 \\ + 2 Using \TeX{} / 7 \\ + 3 Examples / 21 \\ + 4 Concepts / 43 \\ + 5 Commands for composing paragraphs / 97 \\ + 6 Commands for composing Pages / 133 \\ + 7 Commands for horizontal and vertical modes / 153 \\ + 8 Commands for composing math formulas / 187 \\ + 9 Commands for general operations / 221 \\ + 10 Tips and techniques / 265 \\ + 11 Making sense of error messages / 283 \\ + 12 A compendium of useful macros / 291 \\ + 13 Capsule summary of commands / 313 \\ + Index / 341", + tableofcontents = "1: Using this book / 1 \\ + Syntactic conventions / 2 \\ + Descriptions of the commands / 3 \\ + 2: Using \TeX{} / 7 \\ + Turning input into ink / 7 \\ + Programs and files you need / 7 \\ + Running \TeX{} / 9 \\ + Preparing an input file / 10 \\ + Commands and control sequences / 10 \\ + Arguments / 11 \\ + Parameters / 12 \\ + Spaces / 12 \\ + Comments / 13 \\ + Punctuation / 13 \\ + Special characters / 15 \\ + Groups / 15 \\ + Math formulas / 16 \\ + How \TeX{} works / 16 \\ + New \TeX{} versus old \TeX{} / 18 \\ + Resources / 18 \\ + 3: Examples / 21 \\ + Entering simple text / 22 \\ + Indentation / 24 \\ + Fonts and special characters / 26 \\ + Interline spacing / 28 \\ + Spacing, rules, and boxes / 30 \\ + Odds and ends / o32 \\ + Using fonts from other sources / 34 \\ + A ruled table / 36 \\ + Typesetting mathematics / 38 \\ + More mathematics / 40 \\ + 4: Concepts / 43 \\ + 5: Commands for composing paragraphs / 97 \\ + Characters and accents / 97 \\ + Letters and ligatures for European alphabets / 97 \\ + Special symbols / 98 \\ + Arbitrary characters / 99 \\ + Accents / 100 \\ + Defeating boundary ligatures / 101 \\ + Selecting fonts / 1o2 \\ + Particular fonts / 102 \\ + Type styles / 103 \\ + Uppercase and lowercase / 103 \\ + Interword spacing / 104 \\ + Centering and justifying lines / 108 \\ + Shaping paragraphs / 110 \\ + Starting, ending, and indenting paragraphs / 110 \\ + Shaping entire paragraphs / 114 \\ + Line breaks / 120 \\ + Encouraging or discouraging line breaks / 120 \\ + Line breaking parameters / 123 \\ + Hyphenation / 126 \\ + Section headings, lists, and theorems / 129 \\ + 6: Commands for composing pages / 133 \\ + Interline and interparagraph spaces r / 133 \\ + Pagebreaks / 136 \\ + Encouraging or discouraging page breaks / 136 \\ + Page breaking parameters / 138 \\ + Page layout / 140 \\ + Page description parameters / 140 \\ + Page numbers / 142 \\ + Header and footer lines / 143 \\ + Marks / 144 \\ + Insertions / 145 \\ + Footnotes / 145 \\ + General insertions / 146 \\ + Modifying the output routine / 148 \\ + Splitting vertical lists / 149 \\ + 7: Commands for horizontal and vertical modes / 153 \\ + Producing space / 153 \\ + Fixed-width horizontal space / 153 \\ + Fixed-length vertical space / 154 \\ + Variable-size space / 155 \\ + Manipulating boxes / 160 \\ + Constructing hboxes and vboxes / 160 \\ + Setting and retrieving the contents of boxes / 164 \\ + Shifting boxes / 166 \\ + Dimensions of box registers / 167 \\ + Struts, phantoms, and empty boxes / 167 \\ + Parameters pertaining to malformed boxes / 170 \\ + Retrieving the last item from a list / 171 \\ + Rules and leaders / 172 \\ + Alignments / 176 \\ + Tabbing alignments / 176 \\ + General alignments / 178 \\ + 8: Commands for composing math formulas / 187 \\ + Simple parts of formulas / 187 \\ + Creek letters / 187 \\ + Miscellaneous ordinary math symbols / 188 \\ + Binary operations / 189 \\ + Relations / 190 \\ + Left and right delimiters / 191 \\ + Arrows / 192 \\ + Named mathematical functions / 193 \\ + Large operators / 194 \\ + Punctuation / 196 \\ + Superscripts and subscripts / 197 \\ + Selecting and using styles / 198 \\ + Compound symbols / 199 \\ + Math accents / 199 \\ + Fractions and other stacking operations / 200 \\ + Dots / 203 \\ + Delimiters / 204 \\ + Matrices / 205 \\ + Roots and radicals / 206 \\ + Equation numbers / 207 \\ + Multiline displays / 208 \\ + Fonts in math formula / 209 \\ + Constructing math symbols / 211 \\ + Making delimiters bigger / 211 \\ + Parts of large symbols / 211 \\ + Aligning parts of a formula / 212 \\ + Aligning accents / 212 \\ + Aligning material vertically / 213 \\ + Producing spaces / 214 \\ + Fixed-width math spaces / 214 \\ + Variable-width math spaces / 215 \\ + Spacing parameters for displays / 216 \\ + Other spacing parameters for math / 217 \\ + Categorizing math constructs / 218 \\ + Special actions for math formulas / 218 \\ + 9: Commands for general operations / 221 \\ + Naming and modifying fonts / 221 \\ + Converting information to tokens / 224 \\ + Numbers / 224 \\ + Environmental information / 224 \\ + Values of variables / 226 \\ + Grouping / 227 \\ + Macros / 230 \\ + Defining macros / 230 \\ + Other definitions / 232 \\ + Controlling expansion / 233 \\ + Conditional tests / 235 \\ + Repeated actions / 240 \\ + Doing nothing / 241 \\ + Registers / 242 \\ + Using registers / 242 \\ + Naming and reserving registers, etc. / 244 \\ + Doing arithmetic in registers / 245 \\ + Ending the job / 246 \\ + Input and output / 247 \\ + Operations on input files / 247 \\ + Operations on output files / 249 \\ + Interpreting input characters / 251 \\ + Controlling interaction with \TeX{} / 252 \\ + Diagnostic aids / 253 \\ + Displaying internal data / 253 \\ + Specifying what is traced / 256 \\ + Sending messages / 261 \\ + Initializing \TeX{} / 263 \\ + 10: Tips and techniques / 265 \\ + Correcting bad page breaks / 265 \\ + Preserving the end of a page / 267 \\ + Leaving space at the top of a page / 267 \\ + Correcting bad line breaks / 268 \\ + Correcting overfull or underfull boxes / 268 \\ + Recovering lost interword spaces / 270 \\ + Avoiding unwanted interword spaces / 270 \\ + Avoiding excess space around a display / 271 \\ + Avoiding excess space after a paragraph / 271 \\ + Changing the paragraph shape / 272 \\ + Putting paragraphs into a box / 272 \\ + Drawing lines / 273 \\ + Creating multiline headers or footers / 274 \\ + Finding mismatched braces / 275 \\ + Setting dimensions / 276 \\ + Creating composite fonts / 276 \\ + Reproducing text verbatim / 277 \\ + Using outer macros / 279 \\ + Changing category codes / 280 \\ + Making macro files more readable / 281 \\ + 11: Making sense of error messages / 283 \\ + 12: A compendium of useful macros / 291 \\ + Preliminaries / 291 \\ + Displays / 295 \\ + Time of day / 297 \\ + Lists / 298 \\ + Verbatim listing / 300 \\ + Tables of contents / 301 \\ + Cross-references / 302 \\ + Environments / 304 \\ + Justification / 306 \\ + Tables / 307 \\ + Footnotes / 309 \\ + Double columns / 309 \\ + Finishing up / 311 \\ + 13: Capsule summary of commands / 313 \\ + Index / 341", } @Book{Abrahams:1991:TI, @@ -1462,8 +1691,8 @@ @Book{Ament:2001:INB, author = "Kurt Ament", - title = "Indexing: a nuts-and-bolts guide for technical - writers", + title = "Indexing: a Nuts-and-bolts Guide for Technical + Writers", publisher = "William Andrew Publishing", address = "Norwich, NY, USA", pages = "x + 97", @@ -1472,16 +1701,78 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-8155-1481-7", LCCN = "T10.8 .A44 2001", bibdate = "Fri Jun 17 06:26:43 MDT 2005", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager", URL = "ftp://uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu/pub/etext/gutenberg/; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/wap041/2001033646.html; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/wap041/2001033646.html; http://www.williamandrew.com/books.asp?id=1481", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + abstract = "\booktitle{Indexing: A Practical Guide for Technical + Writers} is a nuts-and-bolts guide to indexing. It + explains in plain language and by example exactly how + to index any type of print or online publication + quickly, easily, and effectively. The sequential + indexing method presented in the book has been + battle-tested in high pressure publishing organizations + in a variety of high-tech industries over the space of + a decade. Because it is based on real-world success, + this indexing method is bulletproof. Users of this + guide will succeed as an indexer. Unlike other books on + the subject, this book is focused on readers, not the + subject itself. The book speaks directly to highly + practical and often anti-academic technical writers who + demand usability, reusability, and reliability. It is + geared to people with ``Keep It Simple, Stupid'' signs + on their cubicle walls. Proven end-user documentation + techniques are employed to present proven indexing + methods to readers who themselves develop end-user + documentation for a living. They have zero tolerance + for academic white papers on indexing. So, the book + delivers the hard facts.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + idnumber = "502", + keywords = "Technology --- Abstracting and indexing, Science --- + Abstracting and indexing", remark = "", subject = "Technology; Abstracting and indexing; Science; Abstracting and indexing", + tableofcontents = "1: About indexing \\ + Anyone can index \\ + Sequential indexing \\ + Usable indexes increase profits \\ + 2: Start indexing. Step 1 \\ + Index chapters. Step 2 \\ + Index procedures. Step 3 \\ + Index topics. Step 4 \\ + Index product names. Step 5 \\ + Index product components. Step 6 \\ + Index front and back matter. Step 7 \\ + Edit your index. Step 8 \\ + Create ``see'' references. Step 9 \\ + Create ``see also'' references. Step 10 \\ + Test your index \\ + 3: Indexing guidelines \\ + Abbreviations \\ + Acronyms \\ + Articles \\ + Back matter \\ + Capitalization \\ + Cross-references \\ + Front matter \\ + Interface components \\ + Keyboard shortcuts \\ + Master indexing \\ + Nesting \\ + Page ranges \\ + Prepositions \\ + Procedures \\ + Product names \\ + Scheduling \\ + ``See'' references \\ + ``See also'' references \\ + Sorting \\ + System messages", } @TechReport{Anan:2008:RJT, @@ -1799,37 +2090,6 @@ subtitle = "A Uniform System of Citation", } -@Book{Anonymous:1993:CMS, - author = "Anonymous", - key = "Chicago", - title = "The {Chicago} Manual of Style", - publisher = pub-U-CHICAGO, - address = pub-U-CHICAGO:adr, - edition = "14th", - pages = "ix + 921", - year = "1993", - ISBN = "0-226-10389-7", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-226-10389-1", - LCCN = "Z253 .U69 1993", - bibdate = "Mon Sep 23 08:57:34 1996", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", - price = "US\$40.00", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, - annote = "The standard American work on typesetting style etc. - (CHe)", - bibliography = "yes", - glossary = "yes", - history = "First edition 1906, 12th edition 1969, 13th edition - 1982, 14th edition 1993", - index = "yes", - inprint = "yes", - keywords = "authorship handbooks; authorship manuals; practical - style manuals; printing", - printermarks = "yes", - subtitle = "The Essential Guide for Writers, Editors and - Publishers", -} - @Book{Anonymous:1997:SW, author = "Anonymous", title = "{Scientific WorkPlace 2.5}", @@ -1860,22 +2120,43 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-226-10403-4", LCCN = "Z253 .U69 2003", bibdate = "Wed Sep 10 17:32:05 2003", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", price = "US\$55.00", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, - annote = "The standard American work on typesetting style etc. - (CHe)", - bibliography = "yes", - glossary = "yes", history = "First edition 1906, 12th edition 1969, 13th edition 1982, 14th edition 1993, 15th edition 2003", - index = "yes", - inprint = "yes", + idnumber = "518", keywords = "authorship handbooks; authorship manuals; practical style manuals; printing", printermarks = "yes", + remark = "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.", subtitle = "The Essential Guide for Writers, Editors and Publishers", + tableofcontents = "1: The parts of a published work \\ + 2: Manuscript preparation and manuscript editing \\ + 3: Proofs \\ + 4: Rights and permissions \\ + 5: Grammar and usage \\ + 6: Punctuation \\ + 7: Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and + compounds \\ + 8: Names and terms \\ + 9: Numbers \\ + 10: Foreign languages \\ + 11: Quotations and dialogue \\ + 12: Illustrations and captions \\ + 13: Tables \\ + 14: Mathematics in type \\ + 15: Abbreviations \\ + 16: Documentation I: Basic patterns \\ + 17: Documentation II: Specific content \\ + 18: Indexes \\ + Appendix A: Design and production- basic procedures and + key terms \\ + Appendix B: The publishing process for books and + journals", } @Book{Anonymous:2010:CMS, @@ -2107,17 +2388,21 @@ acknowledgement = ack-hk, } -@Book{Appelt:1988:TF, +@Book{Appelt:1988:TFP, author = "Wolfgang Appelt", - title = "{\TeX} f{\"u}r Fortgeschrittene", + title = "{{\TeX{} f{\"u}r Fortgeschrittene: + Programmiertechniken und Makropakete}}", publisher = pub-AW, address = pub-AW:adr, pages = "x + 179", year = "1988", ISBN = "3-89319-115-1", ISBN-13 = "978-3-89319-115-4", + LCCN = "????", bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 08:47:26 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, } @TechReport{Appelt:1990:TIG, @@ -3028,15 +3313,17 @@ @Book{Borceux:1990:LPT, author = "Francis Borceux", - title = "{\LaTeX}\emdash{}la perfection dans le traitement du - texte", + title = "{\LaTeX}: la perfection dans le traitement du texte", publisher = pub-CIAOCO, address = pub-CIAOCO:adr, year = "1990", ISBN = "2-87085-194-4", ISBN-13 = "978-2-87085-194-4", - bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 08:46:29 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + LCCN = "????", + bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 08:46:36 1993", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, } @Book{Borde:1992:TE, @@ -3092,16 +3379,27 @@ @Book{Borde:1993:MTE, author = "Arvind Borde", title = "Mathematical {\TeX} by Example", - publisher = pub-AP, - address = pub-AP:adr, + publisher = pub-ACADEMIC, + address = pub-ACADEMIC:adr, pages = "xii + 352", year = "1993", - ISBN = "0-12-117645-2", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-12-117645-7", + ISBN = "0-12-117645-2, 0-12-155940-8", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-12-117645-7, 978-0-12-155940-3", LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 B67 1993", - bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 08:46:21 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibdate = "Mon Jul 19 15:22:37 1993", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + ZMnumber = "0799.68001", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "Introduction \\ + Examples \\ + A Summary of Amstex \\ + Other Packages \\ + Typefaces \\ + Code \\ + Bibliography \\ + Glossary/Index \\ + Table of Contents", } @Book{Borde:1993:UGL, @@ -3462,8 +3760,8 @@ @Book{Bryan:1988:SAG, author = "Martin Bryan", - title = "{SGML}\emdash{}An Author's Guide to the Standard - Generalized Markup Language", + title = "{SGML}: An Author's Guide to the {Standard Generalized + Markup Language}", publisher = pub-AW, address = pub-AW:adr, pages = "xvii + 364", @@ -3471,11 +3769,29 @@ ISBN = "0-201-17535-5", ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-17535-6", LCCN = "QA76.73.S44 B79 1988", - bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:35:58 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb # " and " # ack-fm, - annote = "Complete description of SGML including example DTDs.", - keywords = "SGML, DTD, document representation", + bibdate = "Thu Jun 23 16:34:54 1994", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/standard.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + price = "UK\pounds16.95", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + keywords = "document representation; DTD; SGML (computer program + language)", + remark = "Complete description of SGML including example DTDs.", + tableofcontents = "Background to SGML \\ + SGML Documents \\ + The Reference Concrete Syntax \\ + Entity Declaration and Use \\ + Declaring and Using SGML Elements \\ + Attributes \\ + Minimization \\ + Other SGML Declarations \\ + Multiple Document Structures \\ + Altering the Concrete Syntax \\ + The SGML Declaration \\ + Document Parsing \\ + Appendixes", } @Book{Bryan:1996:DTS, @@ -3958,6 +4274,54 @@ journal-URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/", } +@Book{Bringhurst:2012:ETS, + author = "Robert Bringhurst", + title = "The Elements of Typographic Style 4.0", + publisher = "Hartley and Marks", + address = "Point Roberts, WA, USA", + edition = "Fourth", + pages = "398", + year = "2012", + ISBN = "0-88179-211-X (hardcover), 0-88179-212-8 (paperback)", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-88179-211-9 (hardcover), 978-0-88179-212-6 + (paperback)", + LCCN = "Z246 .B74 2012", + bibdate = "Sat Jan 19 08:10:55 MST 2019", + bibsource = "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", + abstract = "Renowned typographer and poet Robert Bringhurst brings + clarity to the art of typography with this masterful + style guide. Combining the practical, theoretical, and + historical, this edition is completely updated, with a + thorough revision and updating of the longest chapter, + ``Prowling the Specimen Books, '' and many other small + but important updates based on things that are + continually changing in the field.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + subject = "Book history; typografie; typography; typefaces [type + forms]; Graphics industry; lettertypes", + tableofcontents = "Foreword \\ + Historical synopsis \\ + The grand design \\ + Rhythm and proportion \\ + Harmony and counterpoint \\ + Structural forms and devices \\ + Analphabetic symbols \\ + Choosing and combining type \\ + Historical interlude \\ + Shaping the page \\ + The state of the art \\ + Grooming the font \\ + Prowling the specimen books \\ + Appendix A: The working alphabet \\ + Appendix B: Glossary of characters \\ + Appendix C: Glossary of terms \\ + Appendix D: Type designers \\ + Appendix E: Typefoundries \\ + Afterword to the fourth edition", +} + @Article{Ciancarini:2012:HQP, author = "Paolo Ciancarini and Angelo {Di Iorio} and Luca Furini and Fabio Vitali", @@ -4002,17 +4366,76 @@ @Book{Clark:1992:PTP, author = "Malcolm Clark", title = "A Plain {\TeX} Primer", - publisher = pub-OUP, - address = pub-OUP:adr, + publisher = pub-OXFORD, + address = pub-OXFORD:adr, pages = "481", year = "1992", - ISBN = "0-19-853784-0 (hardback), 0-19-853724-7 (softback)", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-19-853784-7 (hardback), 978-0-19-853724-3 - (softback)", + ISBN = "0-19-853784-0 (hardcover), 0-19-853724-7 (paperback)", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-19-853784-7 (hardcover), 978-0-19-853724-3 + (paperback)", LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 C46 1992", - bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:36:18 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", - acknowledgement = ack-mc, + bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:41:37 1993", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib", + abstract = "This outstanding introductory primer demystifies and + explains \TeX{}, an advanced and widely popular + typesetting and page make-up system that is especially + designed to facilitate scientific and technical + publishing. The \TeX{} system is highly versatile, + designed for use on over 50 different types of + personal, mini-, and mainframe computers. The book + immediately provides the reader with sufficient + information to begin the majority of tasks which he or + she most likely wishes to tackle. Accessibly written at + an introductory level, the book explains how + high-quality results can be obtained by someone with + only a little \TeX{} background. In a straightforward + manner, it details why \TeX{} approaches its subject in + the way it does, and provides the ``context'' into + which it fits. Special emphasis is placed on document + structure and practical work. In fact, not only is this + book a ``primer,'' but it is a ``plain'' \TeX{} primer. + Wherever \TeX{} is running, it comes with at least one + basic style definition, called ``plain''. Plain \TeX{} + is the common starting point for \TeX{} users and can + be extended or modified to suit individual needs. Thus, + with the aid of this book, scientists and researchers + preparing their own books and papers, or technical + typists used to the conventions and jargon of their + field, will find little difficulty in adopting \TeX{}'s + approach. Students and professionals involved in + document preparation or desk-top publishing will also + find this an extremely useful volume.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + subject = "TeX (Computer file); TeX (Computer file); Computerized + typesetting; Mathematics printing; Computer programs; + Computerized typesetting; Computer programs; Linguagens + De Programacao (Codificacao); TeX (logiciel)", + tableofcontents = "1. Introduction \\ + 2. Getting started \\ + 3. Do it yourself \\ + 4. Beginning mathematics \\ + 5. Continuing mathematics \\ + 6. More words \\ + 7. Commands \\ + 8. More maths \\ + 9. Boxing \\ + 10. Commands\#1 \\ + 11. Matrix manipulations \\ + 12. Pages \\ + 13. Tables by tabs \\ + 14. Tables again \\ + 15. Rules \\ + 16. Further rules \\ + 17. Graphics \\ + 18. Fonts \\ + 19. More detailed fonts \\ + 20. Making pages \\ + 21. Breaking up \\ + 22. Delays and deferments \\ + 23. Collections \\ + 24. Last words \\ + A. Fonts \\ + B. Annotated bibliography and references", } @InCollection{Clarke:1987:BBS, @@ -4371,20 +4794,25 @@ acknowledgement = ack-bnb, } -@TechReport{deBruin:1988:PML, +@Book{deBruin:1988:PML, author = "R. de Bruin and C. G. {van der Laan} and J. R. Luyten and H. F. Vogt", title = "Publiceren met {\LaTeX}", - type = "CWI Syllabus", number = "19", - institution = inst-CWI, - address = inst-CWI:adr, + publisher = pub-CWI, + address = pub-CWI:adr, + pages = "196", year = "1988", ISBN = "90-6196-357-5", ISBN-13 = "978-90-6196-357-8", - bibdate = "Tue Mar 1 12:47:03 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", - note = "In Dutch; copious examples.", + LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 .P97 1988", + MRclass = "68U15, 68-01", + bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:43:17 1993", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + ZMnumber = "0743.68137", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + language = "Dutch", } @InProceedings{DeLaBeaujardiere:1988:WDI, @@ -4731,19 +5159,33 @@ author = "Antoni Diller", title = "{\LaTeX} Line by Line: Tips and Techniques for Document Processing", - publisher = pub-W, - address = pub-W:adr, + publisher = pub-WILEY, + address = pub-WILEY:adr, pages = "xiii + 291", year = "1993", ISBN = "0-471-93471-2 (softcover)", ISBN-13 = "978-0-471-93471-4 (softcover)", LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 D55 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook1.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", note = "Optionally accompanied by disk with examples, ISBN 0-471-93797-5.", price = "US\$29.95", series = "Wiley Professional Computing", acknowledgement = ack-bnb, + tableofcontents = "1: Why use it? \\ + 2: Getting Started and Basic Principles \\ + 3: Fancy Prose (and Poetry) \\ + 4: Displaying Information \\ + 5: Bibliographies and Indexes \\ + 6: Formatting Articles, Reports, Books and Letters \\ + 7: Basic Mathematical Formatting \\ + 8: Further Ideas in Mathematical Formatting \\ + 9: Examples of Mathematical Formatting \\ + 10: Pictures \\ + 11: Two-column Output", } @Book{Diller:1999:LLL, @@ -5066,7 +5508,7 @@ @Book{Eijkhout:1992:TTT, author = "Victor Eijkhout", - title = "{\TeX} by Topic, {A} {\TeX}nician's Reference", + title = "{\TeX} by Topic, a {\TeX}nician's Reference", publisher = pub-AW, address = pub-AW:adr, pages = "vii + 307", @@ -5075,8 +5517,590 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-56882-0", LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 E38 1992", bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:47:52 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", URL = "http://eijkhout.net/texbytopic/", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "License / 15 \\ + Preface / 21 \\ + 1 The Structure of the TEX Processor / 23 \\ + 1.1 Four TEX processors / 23 \\ + 1.2 The input processor / 24 \\ + 1.2.1 Character input / 24 \\ + 1.2.2 Two-level input processing / 24 \\ + 1.3 The expansion processor / 25 \\ + 1.3.1 The process of expansion / 25 \\ + 1.3.2 Special cases: \expandafter, \noexpand, and \the + / 25 \\ + 1.3.3 Braces in the expansion processor / 26 \\ + 1.4 The execution processor / 26 \\ + 1.5 The visual processor / 27 \\ + 1.6 Examples / 28 \\ + 1.6.1 Skipped spaces / 28 \\ + 1.6.2 Internal quantities and their representations / + 28 \\ + 2 Category Codes and Internal States / 29 \\ + 2.1 Introduction / 29 \\ + 2.2 Initial processing / 29 \\ + 2.3 Category codes / 30 \\ + 2.4 From characters to tokens / 32 \\ + 2.5 The input processor as a finite state automaton / + 32 \\ + 2.5.1 State N: new line / 32 \\ + 2.5.2 State S: skipping spaces / 32 \\ + 2.5.3 State M: middle of line / 32 \\ + 2.6 Accessing the full character set / 33 \\ + 2.7 Transitions between internal states / 33 \\ + 2.7.1 0: escape character / 33 \\ + 2.7.2 1--4, 7--8, 11--13: non-blank characters / 34 \\ + 2.7.3 5: end of line / 34 \\ + 2.7.4 6: parameter / 34 \\ + 2.7.5 7: superscript / 34 \\ + 2.7.6 9: ignored character / 34 \\ + 2.7.7 10: space / 35 \\ + 2.7.8 14: comment / 35 \\ + 2.7.9 15: invalid / 35 \\ + 2.8 Letters and other characters / 35 \\ + 2.9 The \par token / 36 \\ + 2.10 Spaces / 37 \\ + 2.10.1 Skipped spaces / 37 \\ + 2.10.2 Optional spaces / 37 \\ + 2.10.3 Ignored and obeyed spaces / 38 \\ + 2.10.4 More ignored spaces / 38 \\ + 2.10.5 space token / 39 \\ + 2.10.6 Control space / 39 \\ + 2.10.7 ` ' / 39 \\ + 2.11 More about line ends / 40 \\ + 2.11.1 Obeylines / 40 \\ + 2.11.2 Changing the \endlinechar / 40 \\ + 2.11.3 More remarks about the end-of-line character / + 41 \\ + 2.12 More about the input processor / 41 \\ + 2.12.1 The input processor as a separate process / 41 + \\ + 2.12.2 The input processor not as a separate process / + 42 \\ + 2.12.3 Recursive invocation of the input processor / 42 + \\ + 2.13 The convention / 43 \\ + 3 Characters / 45 \\ + 3.1 Character codes / 45 \\ + 3.2 Control sequences for characters / 46 \\ + 3.2.1 Denoting characters to be typeset: \char / 46 \\ + 3.2.2 Implicit character tokens: \let / 47 \\ + 3.3 Accents / 48 \\ + 3.4 Testing characters / 49 \\ + 3.5 Uppercase and lowercase / 50 \\ + 3.5.1 Uppercase and lowercase codes / 50 \\ + 3.5.2 Uppercase and lowercase commands / 50 \\ + 3.5.3 Uppercase and lowercase forms of keywords / 50 + \\ + 3.5.4 Creative use of \uppercase and \lowercase / 51 + \\ + 3.6 Codes of a character / 51 \\ + 3.7 Converting tokens into character strings / 51 \\ + 3.7.1 Output of control sequences / 52 \\ + 3.7.2 Category codes of a \string / 52 \\ + 4 Fonts / 53 \\ + 4.1 Fonts / 53 \\ + 4.2 Font declaration / 54 \\ + 4.2.1 Fonts and tfm files / 54 \\ + 4.2.2 Querying the current font and font names / 54 \\ + 4.2.3 \nullfont / 55 \\ + 4.3 Font information / 55 \\ + 4.3.1 Font dimensions / 55 \\ + 4.3.2 Kerning / 56 \\ + 4.3.3 Italic correction / 56 \\ + 4.3.4 Ligatures / 57 \\ + 4.3.5 Boundary ligatures / 57 \\ + 5 Boxes / 59 \\ + 5.1 Boxes / 60 \\ + 5.2 Box registers / 60 \\ + 5.2.1 Allocation: \newbox / 60 \\ + 5.2.2 Usage: \setbox, \box, \copy / 61 \\ + 5.2.3 Testing: \ifvoid, \ifhbox, \ifvbox / 61 \\ + 5.2.4 The \lastbox / 61 \\ + 5.3 Natural dimensions of boxes / 62 \\ + 5.3.1 Dimensions of created horizontal boxes / 62 \\ + 5.3.2 Dimensions of created vertical boxes / 62 \\ + 5.3.3 Examples / 63 \\ + 5.4 More about box dimensions / 64 \\ + 5.4.1 Predetermined dimensions / 64 \\ + 5.4.2 Changes to box dimensions / 65 \\ + 5.4.3 Moving boxes around / 65 \\ + 5.4.4 Box dimensions and box placement / 65 \\ + 5.4.5 Boxes and negative glue / 66 \\ + 5.5 Overfull and underfull boxes / 67 \\ + 5.6 Opening and closing boxes / 67 \\ + 5.7 Unboxing / 68 \\ + 5.8 Text in boxes / 69 \\ + 5.9 Assorted remarks / 70 \\ + 5.9.1 Forgetting the \box / 70 \\ + 5.9.2 Special-purpose boxes / 70 \\ + 5.9.3 The height of a vertical box in horizontal mode / + 70 \\ + 5.9.4 More subtleties with vertical boxes / 70 \\ + 5.9.5 Hanging the \lastbox back in the list / 71 \\ + 5.9.6 Dissecting paragraphs with \lastbox / 72 \\ + 6 Horizontal and Vertical Mode / 73 \\ + 6.1 Horizontal and vertical mode / 73 \\ + 6.1.1 Horizontal mode / 73 \\ + 6.1.2 Vertical mode / 74 \\ + 6.2 Horizontal and vertical commands / 74 \\ + 6.3 The internal modes / 75 \\ + 6.3.1 Restricted horizontal mode / 75 \\ + 6.3.2 Internal vertical mode / 75 \\ + 6.4 Boxes and modes / 76 \\ + 6.4.1 What box do you use in what mode? / 76 \\ + 6.4.2 What mode holds in what box? / 76 \\ + 6.4.3 Mode-dependent behaviour of boxes / 76 \\ + 6.5 Modes and glue / 76 \\ + 6.6 Migrating material / 77 \\ + 6.6.1 \vadjust / 77 \\ + 6.7 Testing modes / 77 \\ + 7 Numbers / 79 \\ + 7.1 Numbers and number s / 79 \\ + 7.2 Integers / 79 \\ + 7.2.1 Denotations: integers / 80 \\ + 7.2.2 Denotations: characters / 80 \\ + 7.2.3 Internal integers / 81 \\ + 7.2.4 Internal integers: other codes of a character / + 82 \\ + 7.2.5 special integer / 82 \\ + 7.2.6 Other internal quantities: coersion to integer / + 82 \\ + 7.2.7 Trailing spaces / 82 \\ + 7.3 Numbers / 82 \\ + 7.4 Integer registers / 83 \\ + 7.5 Arithmetic / 83 \\ + 7.5.1 Arithmetic statements / 84 \\ + 7.5.2 Floating-point arithmetic / 84 \\ + 7.5.3 Fixed-point arithmetic / 84 \\ + 7.6 Number testing / 84 \\ + 7.7 Remarks / 85 \\ + 7.7.1 Character constants / 85 \\ + 7.7.2 Expanding too far / how far / 85 \\ + 8 Dimensions and Glue / 87 \\ + 8.1 Definition of glue and dimen / 88 \\ + 8.1.1 Definition of dimensions / 88 \\ + 8.1.2 Definition of glue / 89 \\ + 8.1.3 Conversion of glue to dimen / 90 \\ + 8.1.4 Registers for \dimen and \skip / 90 \\ + 8.1.5 Arithmetic: addition / 90 \\ + 8.1.6 Arithmetic: multiplication and division / 91 \\ + 8.2 More about dimensions / 91 \\ + 8.2.1 Units of measurement / 91 \\ + 8.2.2 Dimension testing / 92 \\ + 8.2.3 Defined dimensions / 92 \\ + 8.3 More about glue / 92 \\ + 8.3.1 Stretch and shrink / 93 \\ + 8.3.2 Glue setting / 94 \\ + 8.3.3 Badness / 94 \\ + 8.3.4 Glue and breaking / 95 \\ + 8.3.5 \kern / 95 \\ + 8.3.6 Glue and modes / 95 \\ + 8.3.7 The last glue item in a list: backspacing / 96 + \\ + 8.3.8 Examples of backspacing / 96 \\ + 8.3.9 Glue in trace output / 97 \\ + 9 Rules and Leaders / 99 \\ + 9.1 Rules / 99 \\ + 9.1.1 Rule dimensions / 100 \\ + 9.2 Leaders / 100 \\ + 9.2.1 Rule leaders / 101 \\ + 9.2.2 Box leaders / 102 \\ + 9.2.3 Evenly spaced leaders / 102 \\ + 9.3 Assorted remarks / 103 \\ + 9.3.1 Rules and modes / 103 \\ + 9.3.2 Ending a paragraph with leaders / 103 \\ + 9.3.3 Leaders and box registers / 103 \\ + 9.3.4 Output in leader boxes / 104 \\ + 9.3.5 Box leaders in trace output / 104 \\ + 9.3.6 Leaders and shifted margins / 104 \\ + 10 Grouping / 105 \\ + 10.1 The grouping mechanism / 105 \\ + 10.2 Local and global assignments / 106 \\ + 10.3 Group delimiters / 106 \\ + 10.4 More about braces / 107 \\ + 10.4.1 Brace counters / 107 \\ + 10.4.2 The brace as a token / 108 \\ + 10.4.3 Open and closing brace control symbols / 108 \\ + 11 Macros / 109 \\ + 11.1 Introduction / 109 \\ + 11.2 Layout of a macro definition / 110 \\ + 11.3 Prefixes / 110 \\ + 11.4 The definition type / 111 \\ + 11.5 The parameter text / 111 \\ + 11.5.1 Undelimited parameters / 112 \\ + 11.5.2 Delimited parameters / 112 \\ + 11.5.3 Examples with delimited arguments / 113 \\ + 11.5.4 Empty arguments / 114 \\ + 11.5.5 The macro parameter character / 114 \\ + 11.5.6 Brace delimiting / 115 \\ + 11.6 Construction of control sequences / 115 \\ + 11.7 Token assignments by \let and \futurelet / 116 \\ + 11.7.1 \let / 116 \\ + 11.7.2 \futurelet / 117 \\ + 11.8 Assorted remarks / 117 \\ + 11.8.1 Active characters / 117 \\ + 11.8.2 Macros versus primitives / 117 \\ + 11.8.3 Tail recursion / 118 \\ + 11.9 Macro techniques / 119 \\ + 11.9.1 Unknown number of arguments / 119 \\ + 11.9.2 Examining the argument / 119 \\ + 11.9.3 Optional macro parameters with \futurelet / 121 + \\ + 11.9.4 Two-step macros / 121 \\ + 11.9.5 A comment environment / 122 \\ + 12 Expansion / 125 \\ + 12.1 Introduction / 125 \\ + 12.2 Ordinary expansion / 125 \\ + 12.3 Reversing expansion order / 126 \\ + 12.3.1 One step expansion: \expandafter / 126 \\ + 12.3.2 Total expansion: \edef / 127 \\ + 12.3.3 \afterassignment / 127 \\ + 12.3.4 \aftergroup / 128 \\ + 12.4 Preventing expansion / 129 \\ + 12.4.1 \noexpand / 129 \\ + 12.4.2 \noexpand and active characters / 129 \\ + 12.5 \relax / 130 \\ + 12.5.1 \relax and \csname / 130 \\ + 12.5.2 Preventing expansion with \relax / 131 \\ + 12.5.3 TEX inserts a \relax / 131 \\ + 12.5.4 The value of non-macros; \the / 132 \\ + 12.6 Examples / 132 \\ + 12.6.1 Expanding after / 132 \\ + 12.6.2 Defining inside an \edef / 133 \\ + 12.6.3 Expansion and \write / 134 \\ + 12.6.4 Controlled expansion inside an \edef / 135 \\ + 12.6.5 Multiple prevention of expansion / 135 \\ + 12.6.6 More examples with \relax / 136 \\ + 12.6.7 Example: category code saving and restoring / + 136 \\ + 12.6.8 Combining \aftergroup and boxes / 137 \\ + 12.6.9 More expansion / 138 \\ + 13 Conditionals / 139 \\ + 13.1 The shape of conditionals / 139 \\ + 13.2 Character and control sequence tests / 140 \\ + 13.2.1 \if / 140 \\ + 13.2.2 \ifcat / 140 \\ + 13.2.3 \ifx / 141 \\ + 13.3 Mode tests / 141 \\ + 13.4 Numerical tests / 142 \\ + 13.5 Other tests / 142 \\ + 13.5.1 Dimension testing / 142 \\ + 13.5.2 Box tests / 142 \\ + 13.5.3 I/O tests / 142 \\ + 13.5.4 Case statement / 142 \\ + 13.5.5 Special tests / 143 \\ + 13.6 The \newif macro / 143 \\ + 13.7 Evaluation of conditionals / 144 \\ + 13.8 Assorted remarks / 145 \\ + 13.8.1 The test gobbles up tokens / 145 \\ + 13.8.2 The test wants to gobble up the \else or \fi / + 145 \\ + 13.8.3 Macros and conditionals; the use of \expandafter + / 146 \\ + 13.8.4 Incorrect matching / 147 \\ + 13.8.5 Conditionals and grouping / 147 \\ + 13.8.6 A trick / 148 \\ + 13.8.7 More examples of expansion in conditionals / 148 + \\ + 14 Token Lists / 151 \\ + 14.1 Token lists / 151 \\ + 14.2 Use of token lists / 151 \\ + 14.3 token parameter / 152 \\ + 14.4 Token list registers / 152 \\ + 14.5 Examples / 153 \\ + 14.5.1 Operations on token lists: stack macros / 153 + \\ + 14.5.2 Executing token lists / 154 \\ + 15 Baseline Distances / 155 \\ + 15.1 Interline glue / 155 \\ + 15.2 The perceived depth of boxes / 157 \\ + 15.3 Terminology / 158 \\ + 15.4 Additional remarks / 158 \\ + 16 Paragraph Start / 159 \\ + 16.1 When does a paragraph start / 159 \\ + 16.2 What happens when a paragraph starts / 160 \\ + 16.3 Assorted remarks / 160 \\ + 16.3.1 Starting a paragraph with a box / 160 \\ + 16.3.2 Starting a paragraph with a group / 160 \\ + 16.4 Examples / 161 \\ + 16.4.1 Stretchable indentation / 161 \\ + 16.4.2 Suppressing indentation / 161 \\ + 16.4.3 An indentation scheme / 161 \\ + 16.4.4 A paragraph skip scheme / 162 \\ + 17 Paragraph End / 165 \\ + 17.1 The way paragraphs end / 165 \\ + 17.1.1 The \par command and the \par token / 165 \\ + 17.1.2 Paragraph filling: \parfillskip / 166 \\ + 17.2 Assorted remarks / 166 \\ + 17.2.1 Ending a paragraph and a group at the same time + / 166 \\ + 17.2.2 Ending a paragraph with \hfill\break / 167 \\ + 17.2.3 Ending a paragraph with a rule / 167 \\ + 17.2.4 No page breaks in between paragraphs / 167 \\ + 17.2.5 Finite \parfillskip / 167 \\ + 17.2.6 A precaution for paragraphs that do not indent / + 168 \\ + 18 Paragraph Shape / 169 \\ + 18.1 The width of text lines / 170 \\ + 18.2 Shape parameters / 170 \\ + 18.2.1 Hanging indentation / 170 \\ + 18.2.2 General paragraph shapes: \parshape / 171 \\ + 18.3 Assorted remarks / 171 \\ + 18.3.1 Centred last lines / 171 \\ + 18.3.2 Indenting into the margin / 172 \\ + 18.3.3 Hang a paragraph from an object / 172 \\ + 18.3.4 Another approach to hanging indentation / 173 + \\ + 18.3.5 Hanging indentation versus \leftskip shifting / + 173 \\ + 18.3.6 More examples / 174 \\ + 19 Line Breaking / 175 \\ + 19.1 Paragraph break cost calculation / 176 \\ + 19.1.1 Badness / 176 \\ + 19.1.2 Penalties and other break locations / 177 \\ + 19.1.3 Demerits / 177 \\ + 19.1.4 The number of lines of a paragraph / 178 \\ + 19.1.5 Between the lines / 178 \\ + 19.2 The process of breaking / 178 \\ + 19.2.1 Three passes / 179 \\ + 19.2.2 Tolerance values / 179 \\ + 19.3 Discretionaries / 179 \\ + 19.3.1 Hyphens and discretionaries / 179 \\ + 19.3.2 Examples of discretionaries / 180 \\ + 19.4 Hyphenation / 181 \\ + 19.4.1 Start of a word / 181 \\ + 19.4.2 End of a word / 181 \\ + 19.4.3 TEX2 versus TEX3 / 182 \\ + 19.4.4 Patterns and exceptions / 182 \\ + 19.5 Switching hyphenation patterns / 182 \\ + 20 Spacing / 185 \\ + 20.1 Introduction / 185 \\ + 20.2 Automatic interword space / 185 \\ + 20.3 User interword space / 186 \\ + 20.4 Control space and tie / 187 \\ + 20.5 More on the space factor / 188 \\ + 20.5.1 Space factor assignments / 188 \\ + 20.5.2 Punctuation / 188 \\ + 20.5.3 Other non-letters / 189 \\ + 20.5.4 Other influences on the space factor / 189 \\ + 21 Characters in Math Mode / 191 \\ + 21.1 Mathematical characters / 192 \\ + 21.2 Delimiters / 192 \\ + 21.2.1 Delimiter codes / 193 \\ + 21.2.2 Explicit \delimiter commands / 193 \\ + 21.2.3 Finding a delimiter; successors / 193 \\ + 21.2.4 \big, \Big, \bigg, and \Bigg delimiter macros / + 194 \\ + 21.3 Radicals / 194 \\ + 21.4 Math accents / 195 \\ + 22 Fonts in Formulas / 197 \\ + 22.1 Determining the font of a character in math mode / + 197 \\ + 22.2 Initial family settings / 198 \\ + 22.3 Family definition / 198 \\ + 22.4 Some specific font changes / 198 \\ + 22.4.1 Change the font of ordinary characters and + uppercase Greek / 198 \\ + 22.4.2 Change uppercase Greek independent of text font + / 199 \\ + 22.4.3 Change the font of lowercase Greek and + mathematical symbols / 199 \\ + 22.5 Assorted remarks / 199 \\ + 22.5.1 New fonts in formulas / 199 \\ + 22.5.2 Evaluating the families / 200 \\ + 23 Mathematics Typesetting / 201 \\ + 23.1 Math modes / 202 \\ + 23.2 Styles in math mode / 202 \\ + 23.2.1 Superscripts and subscripts 203 / 11 \\ + 23.2.2 Choice of styles / 203 \\ + 23.3 Classes of mathematical objects / 204 \\ + 23.4 Large operators and their limits / 204 \\ + 23.5 Vertical centring: \vcenter / 205 \\ + 23.6 Mathematical spacing: mu glue / 205 \\ + 23.6.1 Classification of mu glue / 206 \\ + 23.6.2 Muskip registers / 206 \\ + 23.6.3 Other spaces in math mode / 207 \\ + 23.7 Generalized fractions / 207 \\ + 23.8 Underlining, overlining / 208 \\ + 23.9 Line breaking in math formulas / 208 \\ + 23.10 Font dimensions of families 2 and 3 / 208 \\ + 23.10.1 Symbol font attributes / 208 \\ + 23.10.2 Extension font attributes / 209 \\ + 23.10.3 Example: subscript lowering / 210 \\ + 24 Display Math / 211 \\ + 24.1 Displays / 211 \\ + 24.2 Displays in paragraphs / 212 \\ + 24.3 Vertical material around displays / 212 \\ + 24.4 Glue setting of the display math list / 213 \\ + 24.5 Centring the display formula: displacement / 213 + \\ + 24.6 Equation numbers / 214 \\ + 24.6.1 Ordinary equation numbers / 214 \\ + 24.6.2 The equation number on a separate line / 214 \\ + 24.7 Non-centred displays / 214 \\ + 25 Alignment / 217 \\ + 25.1 Introduction / 217 \\ + 25.2 Horizontal and vertical alignment / 217 \\ + 25.2.1 Horizontal alignments: \halign / 218 \\ + 25.2.2 Vertical alignments: \valign / 218 \\ + 25.2.3 Material between the lines: \noalign / 218 \\ + 25.2.4 Size of the alignment / 219 \\ + 25.3 The preamble / 219 \\ + 25.3.1 Infinite preambles / 219 \\ + 25.3.2 Brace counting in preambles / 220 \\ + 25.3.3 Expansion in the preamble / 220 \\ + 25.3.4 \tabskip / 220 \\ + 25.4 The alignment / 221 \\ + 25.4.1 Reading an entry / 221 \\ + 25.4.2 Alternate specifications: \omit / 221 \\ + 25.4.3 Spanning across multiple columns: \span / 222 + \\ + 25.4.4 Rules in alignments / 222 \\ + 25.4.5 End of a line: \cr and \crcr / 223 \\ + 25.5 Example: math alignments / 224 \\ + 26 Page Shape / 225 \\ + 26.1 The reference point for global positioning / 225 + \\ + 26.2 \topskip / 225 \\ + 26.3 Page height and depth / 226 \\ + 27 Page Breaking / 227 \\ + 27.1 The current page and the recent contributions / + 228 \\ + 27.2 Activating the page builder / 228 \\ + 27.3 Page length bookkeeping / 228 \\ + 27.4 Breakpoints / 229 \\ + 27.4.1 Possible breakpoints / 229 \\ + 27.4.2 Breakpoint penalties / 229 \\ + 27.4.3 Breakpoint computation / 230 \\ + 27.5 \vsplit / 231 \\ + 27.6 Examples of page breaking / 232 \\ + 27.6.1 Filling up a page / 232 \\ + 27.6.2 Determining the breakpoint / 232 \\ + 27.6.3 The page builder after a paragraph / 233 \\ + 28 Output Routines / 235 \\ + 28.1 The \output token list / 235 \\ + 28.2 Output and \box255 / 236 \\ + 28.3 Marks / 236 \\ + 28.4 Assorted remarks / 238 \\ + 28.4.1 Hazards in non-trivial output routines / 238 \\ + 28.4.2 Page numbering / 238 \\ + 28.4.3 Headlines and footlines in plain TEX / 238 \\ + 28.4.4 Example: no widow lines / 238 \\ + 28.4.5 Example: no indentation top of page / 239 \\ + 28.4.6 More examples of output routines / 240 \\ + 29 Insertions / 241 \\ + 29.1 Insertion items / 241 \\ + 29.2 Insertion class declaration / 242 \\ + 29.3 Insertion parameters / 242 \\ + 29.4 Moving insertion items from the contributions list + / 243 \\ + 29.5 Insertions in the output routine / 244 \\ + 29.6 Plain TEX insertions / 244 \\ + 30 File Input and Output / 245 \\ + 30.1 Including files: \input and \endinput / 245 \\ + 30.2 File I/O / 246 \\ + 30.2.1 Opening and closing streams / 246 \\ + 30.2.2 Input with \read / 246 \\ + 30.2.3 Output with \write / 247 \\ + 30.3 Whatsits / 247 \\ + 30.4 Assorted remarks / 248 \\ + 30.4.1 Inspecting input / 248 \\ + 30.4.2 Testing for existence of files / 248 \\ + 30.4.3 Timing problems / 248 \\ + 30.4.4 \message versus \immediate\write16 / 248 \\ + 30.4.5 Write inside a vertical box / 249 \\ + 30.4.6 Expansion and spaces in \write and \message / + 249 \\ + 31 Allocation / 251 \\ + 31.1 Allocation commands / 251 \\ + 31.1.1 \count, \dimen, \skip, \muskip, \toks / 252 \\ + 31.1.2 \box, \fam, \write, \read, \insert / 252 \\ + 31.2 Ground rules for macro writers / 252 \\ + 32 Running TEX / 255 \\ + 32.1 Jobs / 255 \\ + 32.1.1 Start of the job / 255 \\ + 32.1.2 End of the job / 256 \\ + 32.1.3 The log file / 256 \\ + 32.2 Run modes / 256 \\ + 33 TEX and the Outside World / 259 \\ + 33.1 TEX, IniTEX, VirTEX / 259 \\ + 33.1.1 Formats: loading / 259 \\ + 33.1.2 Formats: dumping / 260 \\ + 33.1.3 Formats: preloading / 260 \\ + 33.1.4 The knowledge of IniTEX / 260 \\ + 33.1.5 Memory sizes of TEX and IniTEX / 261 \\ + 33.2 More about formats / 261 \\ + 33.2.1 Compatibility / 261 \\ + 33.2.2 Preloaded fonts / 261 \\ + 33.2.3 The plain format / 262 \\ + 33.2.4 The LATEX format / 262 \\ + 33.2.5 Mathematical formats / 262 \\ + 33.2.6 Other formats / 262 \\ + 33.3 The dvi file / 263 \\ + 33.3.1 The dvi file format / 263 \\ + 33.3.2 Page identification / 263 \\ + 33.3.3 Magnification / 263 \\ + 33.4 Specials / 264 \\ + 33.5 Time / 264 \\ + 33.6 Fonts / 264 \\ + 33.6.1 Font metrics / 264 \\ + 33.6.2 Virtual fonts / 265 \\ + 33.6.3 Font files / 265 \\ + 33.6.4 Computer Modern / 266 \\ + 33.7 TEX and web / 266 \\ + 33.8 The TEX Users Group / 267 \\ + 34 Tracing / 269 \\ + 34.1 Meaning and content: \show, \showthe, \meaning / + 270 \\ + 34.2 Show boxes: \showbox, \tracingoutput / 270 \\ + 34.3 Global statistics / 272 \\ + 34.4 Execution tracing / 273 \\ + 35 Errors, Catastrophes, and Help / 275 \\ + 35.1 Error messages / 275 \\ + 35.2 Overflow errors / 276 \\ + 35.2.1 Buffer size (500) / 276 \\ + 35.2.2 Exception dictionary (307) / 276 \\ + 35.2.3 Font memory (20,000) / 276 \\ + 35.2.4 Grouping levels / 277 \\ + 35.2.5 Hash size (2100) / 277 \\ + 35.2.6 Number of strings (3000) / 277 \\ + 35.2.7 Input stack size (200) / 277 \\ + 35.2.8 Main memory size (30,000) / 277 \\ + 35.2.9 Parameter stack size (60) / 277 \\ + 35.2.10 Pattern memory (8000) / 278 \\ + 35.2.11 Pattern memory ops per language / 278 \\ + 35.2.12 Pool size (32,000) / 278 \\ + 35.2.13 Save size (600) / 278 \\ + 35.2.14 Semantic nest size (40) / 278 \\ + 35.2.15 Text input levels (6) / 278 \\ + 36 The Grammar of TEX / 279 \\ + 36.1 Notations / 279 \\ + 36.2 Keywords / 280 \\ + 36.3 Specific grammatical terms / 280 \\ + 36.3.1 equals / 280 \\ + 36.3.2 filler , general text / 280 \\ + 36.3.3 {} and left brace right brace / 281 \\ + 36.3.4 math field / 281 \\ + 36.4 Differences between TEX versions 2 and 3 / 281 \\ + 37 Glossary of TEX Primitives / 283 \\ + 38 Tables / 297 \\ + 38.1 Character tables / 298 \\ + 38.2 Computer modern fonts / 300 \\ + 38.3 Plain TEX math symbols / 305 \\ + 38.3.1 Mathcharacter codes / 305 \\ + 38.3.2 Delimiter codes / 306 \\ + 38.3.3 mathchardef tokens : ordinary symbols / 307 \\ + 38.3.4 mathchardef tokens : large operators / 308 \\ + 38.3.5 mathchardef tokens : binary operations / 309 \\ + 38.3.6 mathchardef tokens : relations / 310 \\ + 38.3.7 \delimiter macros / 311 \\ + 39 Index / 313 \\ + Bibliography / 321", } @Book{Emerson:1987:TTU, @@ -5898,9 +6922,46 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-87352-565-7", LCCN = "LB2369.G53 1995", bibdate = "Sat Sep 28 17:22:14 1996", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", price = "US\$16.75", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + abstract = "A style manual for preparing research papers. Includes + information on citing electronic publications.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + shorttableofcontents = "Research and writing \\ + The mechanics of writing \\ + The format of the research paper \\ + Documentation: preparing the list of works cited \\ + Documentation: citing sources in the text \\ + Abbreviations", + tableofcontents = "Foreword / Phyllis Franklin \\ + Chapter 1: Research and Writing \\ + 1.1: Research Paper as a Form of Exploration \\ + 1.2: Research Paper as a Form of Writing \\ + 1.3: Selecting a Topic \\ + 1.4: Conducting Research \\ + 1.4.1: Modern Academic Library \\ + 1.4.2: Central Information System \\ + 1.4.3: Reference Works \\ + 1.4.4: Online Catalog of Library Holdings \\ + 1.4.5: Other Library Resources and Services \\ + 1.4.6: Internet Sources \\ + 1.5: Compiling a Working Bibliography \\ + 1.6: Evaluating Sources \\ + 1.6.1: Authorship and Authority \\ + 1.6.2: Accuracy and Verifiability \\ + 1.6.3: Currency \\ + 1.7: Taking Notes \\ + 1.8: Plagiarism \\ + 1.9: Outlining \\ + 1.9.1: Working Outline \\ + 1.9.2: Thesis Statement \\ + 1.9.3: Final Outline \\ + 1.10: Writing Drafts \\ + 1.11: Language and Style \\ + 1.12: Guides to Writing \\ + Chapter 2: Mechanics of Writing \\ + \ldots{} [contents lost]", } @Article{Gilchrist:1989:TTP, @@ -6023,10 +7084,17 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-54199-1 (paperback), 978-0-201-77591-4 (hardcover)", LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G66 1994", - bibdate = "Mon May 26 17:29:33 2014", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", - price = "US\$34.25", + bibdate = "Thu Jun 03 09:31:37 1999", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", + ZMnumber = "0816.68140", + abstract = "This volume includes the revised LaTeX standard and + introduces extensions not covered in Lamport. The book + also introduces tools and techniques that will enhance + use of Lamport's LaTeX and help format documents more + quickly and efficiently. It provides guidance for + customizing commands.", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, } @@ -6043,15 +7111,31 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-85469-5", LCCN = "Z253.4.L38G663 1997", bibdate = "Fri Jul 11 07:51:47 1997", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", price = "US\$39.75", series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, - keywords = "Computerized typesetting; LaTeX (Computer file); - Mathematics printing -- Computer programs; PostScript - (Computer program language); Scientific illustration -- - Computer programs; Technical publishing -- Computer - programs.", + keywords = "Computerized typesetting.; LaTeX (Computer file); + Mathematics printing --- Computer programs.; PostScript + (Computer program language); Scientific illustration + --- Computer programs.; Technical publishing --- + Computer programs.", + tableofcontents = "1: Graphics with \LaTeX{} \\ + 2: The \LaTeX{} $2_\epsilon$ graphics bundle \\ + 3: Working with METAFONT and METAPOST \\ + 4: Harnessing PostScript inside \LaTeX{}: the PSTricks + package \\ + 5: The Xy-pic package \\ + 6: Applications in chemistry, physics, and engineering + \\ + 7: Preparing music scores \\ + 8: Playing games \\ + 9: The world of color \\ + 10: Using PostScript fonts \\ + 11: PostScript drivers and tools \\ + A: Technical appendixes \\ + B: Getting all the goodies", } @Book{Goossens:1999:LWC, @@ -6249,9 +7333,9 @@ journal-URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/", } -@Book{Gratzer:1996:MI, +@Book{Gratzer:1996:MLI, author = "George Gr{\"a}tzer", - title = "Math into {\LaTeX}: an introduction to {\LaTeXe} and + title = "Math into {\LaTeX}: an introduction to {\LaTeX}2e and {\AMSLaTeX} 1.2", publisher = pub-BIRKHAUSER, address = pub-BIRKHAUSER:adr, @@ -6260,8 +7344,9 @@ ISBN = "0-8176-3805-9, 3-7643-3805-9", ISBN-13 = "978-0-8176-3805-4, 978-3-7643-3805-3", LCCN = "Z253.4.A65G69 199", - bibdate = "Sat Mar 07 18:36:33 1998", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibdate = "Mon Aug 12 16:20:51 1996", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", price = "US\$49.50", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, keywords = "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur); @@ -6269,6 +7354,20 @@ Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing -- Computer programs; Mathematiques -- Impression -- Logiciels.", + tableofcontents = "I. A short course \\ + II. Text and math \\ + III. Document structure \\ + IV. Customizing \\ + V. Long bibliographies and indexes \\ + A Math symbol tables \\ + B Text symbol tables \\ + C The AMS-LATEX sample article \\ + D Sample article with user-defined commands \\ + E Background \\ + F PostScript fonts \\ + G Getting it \\ + H Conversions \\ + I Final word", } @Book{Gratzer:1999:FSL, @@ -6298,14 +7397,102 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-8176-4131-3, 978-3-7643-4131-2", LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G745 2000", bibdate = "Thu Aug 23 10:53:02 2001", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", price = "US\$49.95", + abstract = "\booktitle{Math Into LaTeX} is for the mathematician, + physicist, engineer, scientist, or technical typist who + needs to quickly learn how to write and typeset + articles and books containing mathematical formulas, + and requires a thorough reference book on all aspects + of LaTeX and the AMS packages (the enhancements to + LaTeX by the American Mathematical Society). Key + features of \booktitle{Math Into LaTeX}: * A simple, + example-based, visual approach * A quick introduction + (Part I) allowing readers to type their first articles + in only a few hours * Sample articles to demonstrate + the basic structure of LaTeX and AMS articles * Useful + appendices containing mathematical and text symbol + tables and information on how to convert from older + versions * A new chapter in the fourth edition, + ``\booktitle{A Visual Introduction to MikTeX},'' an + open source implementation of TeX and LaTeX for Windows + operating systems * Another new chapter describing + amsrefs, a simpler method for formatting references + that incorporates and replaces BibTeX data * This + edition also integrates a major revision to the amsart + document class, along with updated examples.", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, keywords = "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur); Composition automatique (Industries graphiques); - Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing -- - Computer programs; Mathematiques -- Impression -- + Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing --- + Computer programs; Math{\'e}matiques --- Impression --- Logiciels", + tableofcontents = "I: A short course \\ + 1: Typing your first article \\ + II: Text and math \\ + 2: Typing text \\ + 3: Text environments \\ + 4: Typing math \\ + 5: Multiline math displays \\ + III: Document structure \\ + 6: \LaTeX{} documents \\ + 7: Standard \LaTeX{} document classes \\ + 8: AMS documents \\ + IV: Customization \\ + 9: Customizing \LaTeX{} \\ + V: Long documents \\ + 10: BibTeX \\ + 11: MakeIndex \\ + 12: Books in \LaTeX{} \\ + VI: Math and the Web \\ + 13: TEX, \LaTeX{}, and the Internet \\ + 14: Putting \LaTeX{} on the Web \\ + A: Math symbol tables \\ + A.1: Hebrew and Greek letters \\ + A.1.1: Hebrew letters \\ + A.1.2: Greek letters \\ + A.2: Binary relations \\ + A.2.3: Negated binary relations \\ + A.3: Binary operations \\ + A.4: Arrows \\ + A.5: Miscellaneous symbols \\ + A.6: Delimiters \\ + A.7: Operators \\ + A.7.1: Pure operators, with no limits \\ + A.7.2: Operators with limits \\ + A.7.3: Large operators \\ + A.8: Math accents and fonts \\ + A.8.1: Math accents \\ + A.8.2: Math fonts \\ + A.9: Math spacing commands \\ + B: Text symbol tables \\ + B.1: Some European characters \\ + B.2: Text accents \\ + B.3: Text font commands \\ + B.3.1: Text font family commands \\ + B.4: Additional text symbols \\ + B.5: Additional text symbols with T1 encoding \\ + B.5.1: Accents \\ + B.5.2: European characters \\ + B.5.3: Quotation marks \\ + B.6: Text spacing commands \\ + C: Background \\ + C.1: A short history \\ + C.1.2: Recent developments \\ + C.2.1: The layers \\ + C.2.2: Typesetting \\ + C.2.3: Viewing and printing \\ + D: PostScript fonts \\ + D.2: The Times font and MathTime \\ + D.3: Lucida Bright fonts \\ + D.4: More PostScript fonts \\ + F: A book document class \\ + G: Conversions \\ + H: Final word \\ + H.1: What was left out? \\ + H.2: Further reading", } @Book{Gratzer:2007:ML, @@ -6424,7 +7611,7 @@ ISSN-L = "0002-9920", bibdate = "Tue Mar 05 18:14:43 2013", bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", - URL = "www.ams.org/notices/201303/rnoti-p332.pdf", + URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/201303/rnoti-p332.pdf", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, fjournal = "Notices of the American Mathematical Society", journal-URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/", @@ -6628,9 +7815,34 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-07-025207-3", LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 G87 1994", bibdate = "Wed Sep 29 17:55:14 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", - price = "US\$29.95", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "1: Getting Started \\ + 2: Writing Without Special Features \\ + 3: Basic Units \\ + 4: Fonts \\ + 5: Spaces and Breakpoints \\ + 6: Layout of Pages \\ + 7: Groups \\ + 8: Mathematical Formulas \\ + 9: Figures \\ + 10: Compound Units of Text \\ + 11: Macros \\ + 12: Data Types \\ + 13: Selectors \\ + 14: Auxiliary Files \\ + 15: Deeper Into Macros \\ + 16: Characters \\ + 17: Environments for Writing \\ + Appendix A: More on Symbols and Characters \\ + Appendix B: More About Tex \\ + Appendix C: Line Drawing \\ + Appendix D: Output Routines \\ + Appendix E: Mathematical Tables \\ + Appendix F: Ordinary Tables \\ + Appendix G: Catalog of Commands \\ + Appendix H: Bibliography", } @Misc{GUTenberg:1988:CG, @@ -7040,8 +8252,8 @@ author = "Horace Hart", title = "{Hart}'s Rules; For Compositors and Readers at the {University Press, Oxford}", - publisher = pub-OUP, - address = pub-OUP:adr, + publisher = pub-OXFORD, + address = pub-OXFORD:adr, edition = "39th", pages = "182", year = "1991", @@ -7216,6 +8428,7 @@ volume = "56", number = "3", pages = "348--354", + month = mar, year = "2009", CODEN = "AMNOAN", ISSN = "0002-9920 (print), 1088-9477 (electronic)", @@ -7224,6 +8437,7 @@ MRnumber = "2494101", bibdate = "Mon May 26 18:16:34 2014", bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + URL = "http://www.ams.org/journals/notices/200903/tx090300348p.pdf", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, fjournal = "Notices of the American Mathematical Society", journal-URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/", @@ -7713,8 +8927,8 @@ author = "Alan Hoenig", title = "{\TeX} Unbound: {\LaTeX} and {\TeX} Strategies for Fonts, Graphics, \& More", - publisher = pub-OUP, - address = pub-OUP:adr, + publisher = pub-OXFORD, + address = pub-OXFORD:adr, pages = "ix + 580", year = "1998", ISBN = "0-19-509686-X (paperback), 0-19-509685-1 (hardcover)", @@ -7722,14 +8936,49 @@ (hardcover)", LCCN = "Z253.4.L38H64 1997", bibdate = "Wed Apr 29 14:32:29 1998", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", price = "US\$60.00 (hardcover), US\$35.00 (paperback)", URL = "http://www.oup-usa.org/gcdocs/gc_0195096851.html", + abstract = "TeX and LaTeX are some of the premier technical + typesetting systems in existence. While there are many + books on TeX and LaTeX, none offers more than slight + coverage of issues not directly related to using TeX + and LaTeX commands. This book fills this important gap, + bringing together for the first time hard-to-find + information on essential aspects of document + production. TeX Unbound includes practical advice and + numerous examples for a wide range of topics. Readers + who devour their books from cover to cover will enjoy + the lively style, but the copious index, detailed table + of contents, many illustrations, and frequent boxed + summaries make this book equally valuable to those who + simply need a quick and concise answer to a pressing + question.", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, keywords = "Computer fonts; Computer graphics; Computerized - typesetting; Mathematics printing -- Computer programs; - METAFONT; Technical publishing -- Computer programs; - {\LaTeX} (Computer file); {\TeX} (Computer file)", + typesetting; Mathematics printing --- Computer + programs; METAFONT; Technical publishing --- Computer + programs; {\LaTeX} (Computer file); {\TeX} (Computer + file)", + tableofcontents = "1: About \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} \\ + 2: \TeX{}, the Internet, and Multimedia \\ + 3: Mostly Metafont \\ + 4: Logical Documents via \LaTeX{} \\ + 5: \TeX{} in the Workplace \\ + 6: Installing and Selecting Fonts \\ + 7: Virtual Fonts, Virtuous Fonts \\ + 8: Virtual-Font Projects \\ + 9: More Virtual Fonts \\ + 10: New Math Fonts \\ + 11: Graphic Discussions \\ + 12: Graphics via \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} \\ + 13: Using Metafont and MetaPost \\ + 14: PSTricks \\ + 15: Mfpic Pictures \\ + Appendix 1: Basic \TeX{} Commands \\ + Appendix 2: More About \LaTeX{} \\ + Appendix 3: Producing this Book", } @Article{Hohti:1988:TAT, @@ -8418,13 +9667,30 @@ address = pub-ELLIS-HORWOOD:adr, pages = "xviii + 170", year = "1992", - ISBN = "0-13-524539-7", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-13-524539-2", + ISBN = "0-13-524539-7 (paperback)", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-13-524539-2 (paperback)", LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 J64 1992", bibdate = "Wed Jul 6 14:01:03 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", price = "US\$30.00", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "Preface First examples / 1 \\ + Commands and variables / 17 \\ + Document styles / 23 \\ + Structuring a document / 33 \\ + Fonts and special symbols / 43 \\ + Text displays / 59 \\ + Tables, figures and pictures / 67 \\ + Typesetting mathematics / 81 \\ + Cross referencing and bibliographies / 89 \\ + Defining commands / 97 \\ + LaTeX style parameters / 101 \\ + Writing a style file / 123 \\ + LaTeX past, present and future / 141 \\ + A Hints on running LaTeX / 149 \\ + B Error messages / 151 \\ + Index / 161", } @InProceedings{Jurriens:1992:TE, @@ -9759,19 +11025,48 @@ @Book{Knuth:1992:LP, author = "Donald E. Knuth", title = "Literate Programming", + volume = "27", publisher = pub-SUCSLI, address = pub-SUCSLI:adr, - pages = "xiii + 368", + pages = "xv + 368", year = "1992", ISBN = "0-937073-80-6 (paperback), 0-937073-81-4 (hardcover)", ISBN-13 = "978-0-937073-80-3 (paperback), 978-0-937073-81-0 (hardcover)", - LCCN = "QA76.6 .K644 1992", - bibdate = "Fri Jul 22 09:08:14 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", - price = "US\$24.95 (paperback), US\$59.95 (hardcover)", - series = "CSLI Lecture Notes Number 27", + LCCN = "QA76.6.K644", + bibdate = "Tue Mar 03 12:24:41 1998", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dijkstra-edsger-w.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/acm-turing-awards.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/cacm1970.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/cacm1980.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/css.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/spell.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + series = "CSLI Lecture Notes", + URL = "http://csli-www.stanford.edu/publications/literate.html", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + keywords = "electronic digital computers --- programming", + remark = "See translation \cite{Knuth:1994:BP}.", + tableofcontents = "1: Computer programming as an art / 1 \\ + 2: Structured programming with go to statements / 17 + \\ + 3: A structured program to generate all topological + sorting arrangements / 91 \\ + 4: Literate programming / 99 \\ + 5: Programming pearls: Sampling / 137 \\ + 6: Programming pearls, continued: Common Words / 151 + \\ + 7: How to read a WEB / 179 \\ + 8: Excerpts from the programs for \TeX{} and METAFONT / + 185 \\ + 9: Mathematical writing / 235 \\ + 10: Errors of \TeX{} / 243 \\ + 11: Error log of \TeX{} / 293 \\ + 12: Example of CWEB / 341 \\ + Further Reading / 349 \\ + Index / 359", } @Book{Knuth:1993:CSS, @@ -9786,7 +11081,26 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-57569-9", LCCN = "QA76.9.D3 K6 1993", bibdate = "Thu May 12 08:36:22 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + abstract = "WEB is a software system that facilitates the creation + of readable programs. It was originally developed by + Donald E. Knuth as he programmed the TEX typesetting + system. Users of WEB are able to write programs of + superior quality; produce state-of-the-art + documentation; greatly reduce debugging time and + maintain programs easily as conditions change. CWEB is + a version of WEB for documenting C and C++ programs. + WEB was adapted to C by Silvio Levy in 1987, and since + then both Knuth and Levy have revised and enhanced the + system in many ways, notably to support C++ and ANSI C. + Thus CWEB combines TEX with two of today's most widely + used professional programming languages. This book is + the definitive user's guide and reference manual for + the CWEB system. The CWEB software itself is freely + available via anonymous ftp from labrea.stanford.edu on + the Internet.", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, } @@ -9812,22 +11126,63 @@ @Book{Knuth:1999:DT, author = "Donald E. Knuth", title = "Digital Typography", + volume = "78", publisher = pub-CSLI, address = pub-CSLI:adr, pages = "xvi + 685", year = "1999", - ISBN = "1-57586-011-2 (cloth), 1-57586-010-4 (paperback)", - ISBN-13 = "978-1-57586-011-4 (cloth), 978-1-57586-010-7 - (paperback)", + ISBN = "1-57586-010-4 (paperback), 1-57586-011-2 (hardcover)", + ISBN-13 = "978-1-57586-010-7 (paperback), 978-1-57586-011-4 + (hardcover)", LCCN = "Z249.3.K59 1998", MRclass = "68U15", - MRnumber = "1676044 (2002k:68194)", - MRreviewer = "P. D. F. Ion", + MRnumber = "MR1676044 (2002k:68194)", bibdate = "Mon May 10 18:01:36 1999", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib; + MathSciNet database", price = "US\$90.00 (cloth), US\$39.95 (paperback)", series = "CSLI Lecture Notes", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "1: Digital Typography / 1 \\ + 2: Mathematical Typography / 19 \\ + 3: Breaking Paragraphs Into Lines / 67 \\ + 4: Mixing Right-to-Left Texts with Left-to-Right Texts + / 157 \\ + 5: Recipes and Fractions / 177 \\ + 6: The \TeX{} Logo in Various Fonts / 181 \\ + 7: Printing Out Selected Pages / 183 \\ + 8: Macros for Jill / 185 \\ + 9: Problem for a Saturday Morning / 195 \\ + 10: Exercises for \TeX{}: The Program / 197 \\ + 11: Mini-Indexes for Literate Programs / 225 \\ + 12: Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards / 247 \\ + 13: The Letter S / 263 \\ + 14: My First Experience with Indian Scripts / 285 \\ + 15: Concept of a Meta-Font / 289 \\ + 16: Lessons Learned from METAFONT / 315 \\ + 17: AMS Euler --- A New Typeface for Mathematics / 339 + \\ + 18: Typesetting Concrete Mathematics / 367 \\ + 19: Course on METAFONT Programming / 379 \\ + 20: Punk Meta-Font / 391 \\ + 21: Fonts for Digital Halftones / 415 \\ + 22: Digital Halftones by Dot Diffusion / 449 \\ + 23: A Note on Digital Angles / 473 \\ + 24: TEXDR.AFT / 481 \\ + 25: TEX.ONE / 505 \\ + 26: \TeX{} Incunabula / 533 \\ + 27: Icons for \TeX{} and METAFONT / 547 \\ + 28: Computers and Typesetting / 555 \\ + 29: The New Versions of \TeX{} and METAFONT / 563 \\ + 30: The Future of \TeX{} and METAFONT / 571 \\ + 31: Questions and Answers, I / 573 \\ + 32: Questions and Answers, II / 601 \\ + 33: Questions and Answers, III / 625 \\ + 34: Final Errors of \TeX{} / 655 \\ + Index / 663", } @Book{Knuth:2013:EK, @@ -9962,7 +11317,7 @@ @Book{Kopka:1988:LE, author = "Helmut Kopka", - title = "{\LaTeX}\emdash{}Eine Einf{\"u}hrung", + title = "{{\LaTeX}: Eine Einf{\"u}hrung}", publisher = pub-AWV, address = pub-AWV:adr, edition = "Second", @@ -9970,9 +11325,355 @@ year = "1988", ISBN = "3-89319-136-4, 3-89319-199-2", ISBN-13 = "978-3-89319-136-9, 978-3-89319-199-4", - bibdate = "Sat Mar 07 09:48:36 1998", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibdate = "Wed Jul 6 15:09:48 1994", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "1 Grundlagen / 1 \\ + 1.1 TeX und LaTeX / 2 \\ + 1.2 Text und Befehle / 3 \\ + 1.3 Grundstruktur eines LaTeX-Files / 3 \\ + 1.4 LaTeX-Bearbeitungsnioden / 5 \\ + 1.5 Erl{\"a}uterungen zum vorliegenden Text / 5 \\ + 1.6 Die Erzeugung eines LaTeX-Dokuments / 6 \\ + 1.7 Hinweise f{\"u}r Autoren / 7 \\ + 2 Befehle und Umgebungen / 9 \\ + 2.1 Befehlsnamen und Befehlsargumente / 9 \\ + 2.2 Umgebungen (environment) / 10 \\ + 2.3 Erkl{\"a}rungen (declaration) / 11 \\ + 2.4 Ma{\ss}angaben / 12 \\ + 2.4.1 Feste Ma{\ss}e / 12 \\ + 2.4.2 Elastische Ma{\ss}e / 12 \\ + 2.5 Sonderzeichen / 13 \\ + 2.5.1 Eingabe der Umlaute und des {\ss} / 13 \\ + 2.5.2 Anf{\"u}hrungsstriche / 13 \\ + 2.5.3 Trenn-, Binde- und Gedankenstriche / 14 \\ + 2.5.4 Der Druck von Befehlszeichen / 14 \\ + 2.5.5 Die Sonderzeichen \S, $\dagger$, $\ddagger$, + $\P$, $\copyright$ und $\pounds$ / 14 \\ + 2.5.6 Sonderbuchstaben in Fremdsprachen / 14 \\ + 2.5.7 Akzente / 14 \\ + 2.5.8 Ligaturen / 15 \\ + 2.5.9 Das Datum / 15 \\ + 2.6 Zerbrechliche Befehle / 15 \\ + 2.7 {\"U}bungen / 16 \\ + 3 Dokument- und Seitenstil 1 / 9 \\ + 3.1 Der Dokumentstil / 19 \\ + 3.2 Der Seitenstil / 21 \\ + 3.2.1 Kopfdeklarationen / 21 \\ + 3.2.2 Seitennumerierung / 22 \\ + 3.2.3 Zeilen- und Absatzabst{\"a}nde / 23 \\ + 3.2.4 Seitendeklarationen / 23 \\ + 3.2.5 Ein- und zweispaltige Seiten / 25 \\ + 3.3 Dokumentuntergliederung / 25 \\ + 3.3.1 Die Titelseite / 26 \\ + 3.3.2 Der Abstrakt / 28 \\ + 3.3.3 Die fortlaufende Untergliederung / 28 \\ + 3.3.4 Der Anhang / 30 \\ + 3.4 Das Inhaltsverzeichnis / 31 \\ + 3.4.1 Automatische Eintragungen / 31 \\ + 3.4.2 Der Ausdruck des Inhaltsverzeichnisses / 31 \\ + 3.4.3 Zus{\"a}tzliche Eintragungen / 31 \\ + 3.4.4 Weitere Verzeichnisse / 32 \\ + 3.5 Formatierungshilfen / 33 \\ + 3.5.1 Zeichen- und Wortabst{\"a}nde / 33 \\ + 3.5.1.1 Der . und das Satzende / 33 \\ + 3.5.1.2 Frenchspacing / 33 \\ + 3.5.1.3 Die Zeichenkombination `` und '' / 34 \\ + 3.5.1.4 Italic-Korrektur / 34 \\ + 3.5.1.5 Die Ausschaltung von Ligaturen / 34 \\ + 3.5.1.6 Einf{\"u}gung beliebiger Zwischenr{\"a}ume / 34 + \\ + 3.5.1.7 Einf{\"u}gung von \ldots{} und \_\_\_ Sequenzen + / 35 \\ + 3.5.2 Zeilenumbruch / 36 \\ + 3.5.2.1 Der Befehl \\ / 36 \\ + 3.5.2.2 Weitere Zeilenumbruchbefehle / 36 \\ + 3.5.3 Absatzabstand / 37 \\ + 3.5.4 Absatzeinr{\"u}ckungen / 37 \\ + 3.5.5 Seitenumbruch / 38 \\ + 3.5.5.1 Normale Textseiten / 38 \\ + 3.5.5.2 Seiten mit Bildern und Tabellen / 38 \\ + 3.5.5.3 Zweispaltige Seiten / 39 \\ + 3.5.5.4 Doppelseitiger Druck / 39 \\ + 3.5.5.5 Eingeschr{\"a}nkter Umbruch / 39 \\ + 3.5.5.6 Weitere Hilfen zum Seitenumbruch / 40 \\ + 3.6 Trennhilfen / 41 \\ + 3.6.1 Direkte Trennhilfen / 41 \\ + 3.6.2 Erzeugung einer Trennliste / 42 \\ + 3.6.3 Vermeidung von Trennungen / 42 \\ + 3.6.4 Zeilenbreite und Trennungen / 43 \\ + 3.6.5 Zusatzinformation {\"u}ber Trennungen / 43 \\ + 4 Texthervorhebungen / 45 \\ + 4.1 {\"A}nderung der Schrift / 45 \\ + 4.1.1 Die Standardumschaltung \em / 45 \\ + 4.1.2 Die verf{\"u}gbaren Schriftarten / 46 \\ + 4.1.3 Die Wahl der Schriftgr{\"o}{\ss}e / 46 \\ + 4.1.4 Zus{\"a}tzliche Schriftarten / 48 \\ + 4.1.5 Zeichens{\"a}tze und Symbole / 48 \\ + 4.2 Textverschiebungen / 49 \\ + 4.2.1 Zentrierter Text / 49 \\ + 4.2.2 Einseitig b{\"u}ndiger Text / 49 \\ + 4.2.3 Beidseitig einger{\"u}ckter Text / 49 \\ + 4.2.4 Verseinr{\"u}ckungen / 50 \\ + 4.3 Aufz{\"a}hlungen / 51 \\ + 4.3.1 Beispiel 'itemize' / 51 \\ + 4.3.2 Beispiel 'enumerate' / 52 \\ + 4.3.3 Beispiel 'description' / 52 \\ + 4.3.4 Geschachtelte Aufz{\"a}hlungen / 52 \\ + 4.3.5 {\"A}nderung der Markierungen / 54 \\ + 4.3.6 Literaturverzeichnis / 56 \\ + 4.4 Allgemeine Listen / 58 \\ + 4.4.1 Die Standardmarke / 58 \\ + 4.4.2 Die Listenerkl{\"a}rung / 59 \\ + 4.4.3 Beispiel f{\"u}r eine benutzergestaltete Liste / + 60 \\ + 4.4.4 Listendefinitionen als neue Umgebungen / 61 \\ + 4.4.5 Triviale Listen / 62 \\ + 4.4.6 Verschachtelte Listen / 62 \\ + 4.5 Regels{\"a}tze / 63 \\ + 4.6 Tabulatorsetzungen / 64 \\ + 4.6.1 Grundlagen / 64 \\ + 4.6.2 Musterzeile / 64 \\ + 4.6.3 Tabstops und linker Rand / 65 \\ + 4.6.4 Weitere Tabulatorbefehle / 65 \\ + 4.6.5 Zusatzbemerkungen / 66 \\ + 4.7 Boxen / 68 \\ + 4.7.1 LR-Boxen / 68 \\ + 4.7.2 Vertikale Verschiebungen von LR-Boxen / 69 \\ + 4.7.3 Absatzboxen und Teilseiten / 70 \\ + 4.7.4 Rule-Boxen / 71 \\ + 4.7.5 Verschachtelte Boxen / 72 \\ + 4.7.6 Box-Stilparameter / 73 \\ + 4.8 Tabellen / 74 \\ + 4.8.1 Die Konstruktion von Tabellen / 74 \\ + 4.8.2 Die {\"A}nderung des Tabellenstils / 76 \\ + 4.8.3 Beispiele von Tabellenkonstruktionen / 77 \\ + 4.8.4 Gleitende Tabellen / 84 \\ + 4.9 Fu{\ss}noten und Randnotizen / 86 \\ + 4.9.1 Standardfu{\ss}noten / 86 \\ + 4.9.2 Abweichungen vom Standard / 86 \\ + 4.9.3 {\"A}nderung des Fu{\ss}notenstils / 87 \\ + 4.9.4 Fu{\ss}noten in unerlaubten Moden / 88 \\ + 4.9.5 Fu{\ss}noten in Minipages / 89 \\ + 4.9.6 Randnotizen / 89 \\ + 4.9.7 Stilparameter f{\"u}r Randboxen / 91 \\ + 4.10 Ausdruck von Originaltext / 91 \\ + 4.11 Kommentare im Eingabetext / 92 \\ + 5 Mathematische Formeln 0 / 3 \\ + 5.1 Mathematische Umgebungen / 93 \\ + 5.2 Die Hauptkonstruktionselemente / 94 \\ + 5.2.1 Konstante, Variable und ihre Verkn{\"u}pfungen / + 94 \\ + 5.2.2 Hoch- und Tiefstellungen von Zeichen / 95 \\ + 5.2.3 Br{\"u}che / 95 \\ + 5.2.4 Wurzeln / 96 \\ + 5.2.5 Summen und Integrale / 96 \\ + 5.2.6 Fortsetzungspunkte - Ellipsen / 97 \\ + 5.3 Mathematische Symbole / 98 \\ + 5.3.1 Griechische Buchstaben / 98 \\ + 5.3.2 Kalligraphische Buchstaben / 98 \\ + 5.3.3 Bin{\"a}re Operationssymbole / 99 \\ + 5.3.4 Vergleichssymbole und deren Negation / 99 \\ + 5.3.5 Pfeil- oder Zeigersymbole / 100 \\ + 5.3.6 Verschiedene sonstige Symbole / 100 \\ + 5.3.7 Symbole in zwei Gr{\"o}{\ss}en / 101 \\ + 5.3.8 Funktionsnamen / 101 \\ + 5.3.9 Mathematische Akzente / 102 \\ + 5.4 Weitere Konstruktionselemente / 103 \\ + 5.4.1 Automatische Gr{\"o}{\ss}enanpassung von + Klammersymbolen / 104 \\ + 5.4.2 Gew{\"o}hnlicher Text innerhalb von Formeln / 105 + \\ + 5.4.3 Matrizen und Felder / 105 \\ + 5.4.4 Uber- und Unterstreichen von Teilformeln / 108 + \\ + 5.4.5 Gestockte Symbole / 108 \\ + 5.4.6 Zus{\"a}tzliche mathematische T{\ss}X-Befehle / + 109 \\ + 5.4.7 Mehrzellige Formeln / 110 \\ + 5.4.8 Gerahmte oder nebeneinander stehende Formeln / + 113 \\ + 5.4.9 Chemische Formeln - Fettdruck in Formeln / 114 + \\ + 5.5 Mathematische Formatierungshilfen / 115 \\ + 5.5.1 Horizontale Abst{\"a}nde / 115 \\ + 5.5.2 Die Wahl der Schriftgr{\"o}{\ss}en in Formeln / + 116 \\ + 5.5.3 Manuelle Gr{\"o}{\ss}enwahl der Klammersymbole / + 118 \\ + 5.5.4 Mathematische Stilparameter / 118 \\ + 5.5.5 Einige Zusatzempfehlungen / 119 \\ + 5.5.6 Gerahmte abgesetzte Formeln / 121 \\ + 5.5.7 Was ist sonst noch m{\"o}glich? / 122 \\ + 6 Bilder / 123 \\ + 6.1 Ma{\ss}- und Positionierungsangaben / 123 \\ + 6.2 Die Bildumgebung - picture / 124 \\ + 6.3 Die Positionierungsbefehle / 125 \\ + 6.4 Die Bildobjekt-Befehle / 126 \\ + 6.4.1 Text im Bild / 126 \\ + 6.4.2 Bildboxen - Rechtecke / 126 \\ + 6.4.3 Gerade Linien / 129 \\ + 6.4.4 Pfeile / 130 \\ + 6.4.5 Kreise / 131 \\ + 6.4.6 Ovale und gerundete Ecken / 131 \\ + 6.4.7 Vertikal gestockte Texte / 133 \\ + 6.4.8 Textangepa{\ss}te Rahmen / 133 \\ + 6.5 Weitere Bildbefehle und Beispiele / 134 \\ + 6.5.1 Strichst{\"a}xken / 134 \\ + 6.5.2 Verschachtelte Bilder / 135 \\ + 6.5.3 Speicherung von Bildteilen / 136 \\ + 6.5.4 Erweiterte picture-Umgebung / 139 \\ + 6.5.5 Weitere Beispiele / 139 \\ + 6.5.6 Allgemeine Empfehlungen / 141 \\ + 6.6 Gleitende Tabellen und Bilder / 142 \\ + 6.6.1 Die Plazierung von Gleitobjekten / 142 \\ + 6.6.2 Stilparameter f{\"u}r gleitende Objekte / 143 \\ + 6.6.3 Uber- und Unterschriften f{\"u}r gleitende + Objekte / 145 \\ + 6.6.4 Beispiele f{\"u}r Gleitobjekte / 146 \\ + 6.6.5 Bild- und Tabellenreferenzen im Text / 148 \\ + 7 Benutzereigene Strukturen / 149 \\ + 7.1 Z{\"a}hler / 149 \\ + 7.1.1 M?{\ss}X-eigene Z{\"a}hler / 149 \\ + 7.1.2 Benutzereigene Z{\"a}hler / 150 \\ + 7.1.3 Ver{\"a}nderung der Z{\"a}hlerwerte / 150 \\ + 7.1.4 Der Ausdruck von Z{\"a}hlerst{\"a}nden / 151 \\ + 7.2 L{\"a}ngen / 152 \\ + 7.3 Benutzereigene Befehle / 153 \\ + 7.3.1 Befehle ohne Parameter / 153 \\ + 7.3.2 Befehle mit Parametern / 155 \\ + 7.3.3 Weitere Beispiele / 156 \\ + 7.4 Benutzereigene Umgebungen / 159 \\ + 7.4.1 Umgebungen ohne Parameter / 159 \\ + 7.4.2 Umgebungen mit Parametern / 161 \\ + 7.5 Allgemeine Bemerkungen zu Benutzerstrukturen / 163 + \\ + 7.5.1 Abspeichern von benutzereigenen Strukturen / 163 + \\ + 7.5.2 Strukturen zur Abk{\"u}rzung / 163 \\ + 7.5.3 Gleiche Befehls- und Z{\"a}hlernamen / 164 \\ + 7.5.4 Die Reichweite benutzereigener Definitionen / 164 + \\ + 7.5.5 Die Reihenfolge von Strukturdefinitionen / 164 + \\ + 7.5.6 Weitergereichte Parameter / 165 \\ + 7.5.7 Verschachtelte Definitionen / 165 \\ + 7.5.8 Unerw{\"u}nschte Zwischenr{\"a}ume / 166 \\ + 7.5.9 Zwei abschlie{\ss}ende Beispiele / 167 \\ + 7.6 Benutzerspezifische LaTeX-Anpassungen / 169 \\ + 7.6.1 LaTeX-Strukturbeschreibung / 170 \\ + 7.6.2 LaTeX-Anpassungen f{\"u}r deutsche Texte / 171 + \\ + 7.6.3 Weitere Dokumentstil-Optionen / 173 \\ + 7.6.4 Einige Zusatzhinweise / 174 \\ + 7.6.5 PC-LaTeX Anpassungen / 175 \\ + 7.6.6 Anmerkungen zum WEB-Programmsystem / 176 \\ + 8 Miszellaneen / 177 \\ + 8.1 Behandlung von Teildokumenten / 177 \\ + 8.1.1 Der ``input'' Befehl / 177 \\ + 8.1.2 Der ``include'' Befehl / 178 \\ + 8.1.3 Terminal Ein- und Ausgabe / 180 \\ + 8.2 Textbez{\"u}ge / 182 \\ + 8.2.1 Kreuzreferenzen / 182 \\ + 8.2.2 Bez{\"u}ge zum Literaturverzeichnis / 183 \\ + 8.2.3 Indexregister / 185 \\ + 8.2.4 Glossaxy / 186 \\ + 8.3 Die verschiedenen LaTeX-Files / 187 \\ + 8.4 Geladene und nachladbare Zeichens{\"a}tze / 189 \\ + 9 Fehlerbehandlung / 101 \\ + 9.1 Grundstruktur der Fehlermeldungen / 191 \\ + 9.1.1 TeX-Fehlermeldungen / 191 \\ + 9.1.2 LaTeX-Fehlermeldungen / 194 \\ + 9.1.3 Fehlermeldungen aus TeX-Makros / 198 \\ + 9.2 Fehler durch Fehler / 199 \\ + 9.2.1 Typische Fehler mit Folgewirkung / 201 \\ + 9.2.2 Mathematische Fehlermeldungen / 203 \\ + 9.2.3 Fehlermeldungen bei Mehrfiletexten / 205 \\ + 9.3 Verzeichnis aller LaTeX-Fehler / 206 \\ + 9.4 TeX-Fehlermeldungen / 209 \\ + 9.5 Warnungen / 215 \\ + 9.5.1 LaTeX-Warnungen / 215 \\ + 9.5.2 TeX-Warnungen / 216 \\ + 9.6 Suche nach versteckten Fehlern / 217 \\ + A Briefe / 219 \\ + A.1 Der LaTeX-letter Stil / 219 \\ + A.2 Ein hauseigener letter Stil / 223 \\ + A.3 Hinweise zur firmenspezifischen Anpassung / 226 \\ + A.3.1 Benutzereigene Briefbefehle / 227 \\ + A.3.2 Benutzereigene Briefformulare / 228 \\ + B Literaturdatenbanken / 231 \\ + B.1 Das BiBTeX-Programm / 231 \\ + B.2 Die Erstellung einer Literaturdatenbank / 233 \\ + B.2.1 Die verschiedenen Eingabetypen / 234 \\ + B.2.2 Felder / 236 \\ + B.2.3 Spezielle Feldformate / 237 \\ + B.2.4 Abk{\"u}rzungen / 239 \\ + C Zeichens{\"a}tze 2 4 / 1 \\ + C.1 Vorbemerkungen / 241 \\ + C.2 Klassifizierung der TeX-Grundzeichens{\"a}tze / 242 + \\ + C.3 Proportionalschriften / 244 \\ + C.3.1 Serifenschriften / 244 \\ + C.3.1.1 Die Zeichensatzfamilie ``Roman'' / 244 \\ + C.3.1.2 Die Zeichensatzfamilie ``Slanted'' / 246 \\ + C.3.1.3 Die Zeichensatzfamilie ``Italic'' / 246 \\ + C.3.1.4 Die Zeichensatzfamilie ``Bold Face'' + (Fettdruck) / 247 \\ + C.3.2 Sans Serifenschriften / 248 \\ + C.3.2.1 Die ``senkrechten Sans Serif'' Zeichens{\"a}tze + / 249 \\ + C.3.2.2 Die ``geneigten Sans Serif'' Zeichens{\"a}tze / + 250 \\ + C.3.2.3 Die ``fetten Sans Serif'' Zeichens{\"a}tze / + 251 \\ + C.3.2.4 Der Zeichensatz cminch / 251 \\ + C.3.3 Zier- und Sonderschriften / 253 \\ + C.4 Fixschriften - Schreibmaschinenschriften / 254 \\ + C.4.1 Senkrechte Schreibmaschinenschriften / 254 \\ + C.4.2 Gro{\ss}schreibung / 255 \\ + C.4.3 Geneigte Schreibmaschinenschriften / 255 \\ + C.4.4 Mathematische Schreibmaschinenschrift / 255 \\ + C.5 Mathematik- und Symbolzeichens{\"a}tze / 256 \\ + C.5.1 Mathematische Textzeichens{\"a}tze / 256 \\ + C.5.2 Mathematische Symbole / 257 \\ + C.5.3 Variable Symbole / 258 \\ + C.5.4 Zus{\"a}tzliche Zeichens{\"a}tze / 258 \\ + C.5.4.1 Die LaTeX-lasy Zeichens{\"a}tze / 259 \\ + C.5.4.2 Zeichens{\"a}tze zur Erzeugung von Bildern / + 259 \\ + C.5.4.3 Logo Zeichens{\"a}tze / 259 \\ + C.6 Die Anordnung innerhalb der Zeichens{\"a}tze / 260 + \\ + C.7 Die Zeichensatzfiles / 265 \\ + C.7.1 Die Grundnamen / 265 \\ + C.7.2 Vergr{\"o}{\ss}erte Zeichens{\"a}tze / 265 \\ + C.7.3 Pixel-Kodierung / 267 \\ + C.7.4 Gepackte Kodierung / 269 \\ + C.8 Anmerkungen zu METflFONT / 270 \\ + D LaTeX-Erg{\"a}nzungen / 273 \\ + D.1 Der deutsche TEX-Befehlszusatz / 273 \\ + D.1.1 Die Umlaute und das {\ss} / 274 \\ + D.1.2 Trennhilfen / 274 \\ + D.1.3 Aufhebung von Ligaturen / 275 \\ + D.1.4 Deutsche Anf{\"u}hrungszeichen / 275 \\ + D.1.5 Franz{\"o}sische Anf{\"u}hrungszeichen / 275 \\ + D.1.6 Sprachumschaltung / 276 \\ + D.1.7 Umschaltung auf das TeX-Original / 276 \\ + D.1.8 Der Aufruf des german.sty Files / 277 \\ + D.2 Der german.sty File / 278 \\ + D.2.1 Strukturbeschreibung des german.sty Files / 278 + \\ + D.2.2 Anpassung der LaTeX .sty Files an den german.sty + File / 281 \\ + D.2.3 Die Kombination der letter.sty und german.sty + Files / 283 \\ + D.3 Weitere LaTeX Erg{\"a}nzungen / 285 \\ + Literaturverzeichnis / 287 \\ + Befehlsindex / 289 \\ + Kurzbeschreibung der LaTeX-Befehle / 289 \\ + Zusammenfassende Tabellen und Diagramme / 332 \\ + Verbotene TeX-Befehle 339", } @Book{Kopka:1990:LEE, @@ -10043,13 +11744,31 @@ Beginners and Advanced Users", publisher = pub-AW, address = pub-AW:adr, + pages = "xvi + 436", year = "1993", ISBN = "0-201-56889-6", ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-56889-9", - bibdate = "Thu Jan 20 12:34:31 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 K66 1993", + bibdate = "Wed Jul 6 14:19:35 1994", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", price = "US\$34.50", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "1: Introduction \\ + 2: Commands and Environments \\ + 3: Document and Page Styles \\ + 4: Displayed Text \\ + 5: Mathematical Formulas \\ + 6: Pictures \\ + 7: User-Defined Structures \\ + 8: Advanced Features \\ + 9: Error Messages \\ + A: Letters \\ + B: Bibliographic Data Bases \\ + C: \SliTeX{} \\ + D: \LaTeX{} Extensions \\ + E: Character Fonts \\ + F: Command Summary", } @Book{Kopka:1994:LBE, @@ -10069,7 +11788,7 @@ @Book{Kopka:1995:GDP, author = "Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly", - title = "A Guide to {\LaTeXe}: Document Preparation for + title = "A Guide to {\LaTeX}2e: Document Preparation for Beginners and Advanced Users", publisher = pub-AW, address = pub-AW:adr, @@ -10080,8 +11799,16 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-42777-6", LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 K66 1995", bibdate = "Thu May 25 15:18:31 1995", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", price = "US\$37.61", + abstract = "If you are a user with little or no experience of + computers or text formatting and you want to master + \LaTeX{} to produce documents of high quality, this is + the book for you. Fully revised to cover both \LaTeX{} + 2.09 and the latest version \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $, + this tutorial contains an exciting new text design that + makes it even more accessible than before.", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, } @@ -10347,10 +12074,12 @@ year = "1990", ISBN = "0-201-51141-X", ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-51141-3", - bibdate = "Wed Apr 19 10:42:04 1995", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 K75 1990", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", note = "English translation of \cite{Schwarz:1988:ET}. See also the Dutch translation, \cite{Schwarz:1990:IT}.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, } @InProceedings{Kroenert:1990:IIS, @@ -10519,8 +12248,8 @@ @Book{Lamport:1994:LDP, author = "Leslie Lamport", - title = "{\LaTeX}: a Document Preparation System: User's Guide - and Reference Manual", + title = "{\LaTeX}: {A} Document Preparation System: User's + Guide and Reference Manual", publisher = pub-AW, address = pub-AW:adr, edition = "Second", @@ -10529,10 +12258,73 @@ ISBN = "0-201-52983-1", ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-52983-8", LCCN = "Z253.4.L38L35 1994", - bibdate = "Sat Mar 07 09:39:20 1998", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", - note = "Reprinted with corrections in 1996.", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + bibdate = "Wed Aug 10 09:55:59 1994", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/han-wri-mat-sci-2ed.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + abstract = "LaTeX is a software system for typesetting documents. + Because it is especially good for technical documents + and is available for almost any computer system, LaTeX + has become a lingua franca of the scientific world. + Researchers, educators, and students in universities, + as well as scientists in industry, use LaTeX to produce + professionally formatted papers, proposals, and books. + They also use LaTeX input to communicate information + electronically to their colleagues around the world. + With the release of LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $, the new + standard version, LaTeX has become even more powerful. + Among its new features are an improved method for + handling different styles of type, and commands for + including graphics and producing colors. LaTeX $ + 2_\epsilon $ makes available to all LaTeX users + valuable enhancements to the software that have been + developed over the years by users in many different + places to satisfy a variety of needs. This book, + written by the original architect and implementer of + LaTeX is both the user's guide and the reference manual + for the software. It has been updated to reflect the + changes in the new release. The book begins with + instructions for formatting simpler text, and + progressively describes commands and techniques for + handling larger and more complicated documents. A + separate chapter explains how to deal with errors. An + added appendix describes what is new and different in + LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $. Other additions to the second + edition include descriptions of new commands for + inserting pictures prepared with other programs and for + producing colored output; new sections on how to make + books and slides; instructions for making an index with + the MakeIndex program, and an updated guide to + preparing a bibliography with the BibTeX program; plus + a section on how to send your LaTeX documents + electronically. Users new to LaTeX will find here a + book that has earned worldwide praise as a model for + clear, concise, and practical documentation. + Experienced users will want to update their LaTeX + library. Although most standard LaTeX input files will + work with LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $, to take advantage of + the new features, a few LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $ + conventions must first be learned. For users who want + an advanced guide to LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $ and to more + than 150 packages that can now be used at any site to + provide additional features, a useful companion to this + book is \booktitle{The LaTeX Companion}, by Goossens, + Mittelbach, and Samarin (also published by + Addison-Wesley).", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "1: Getting Acquainted \\ + 2: Getting Started \\ + 3: Carrying On \\ + 4: Moving Information Around \\ + 5: Other Document Classes \\ + 6: Designing It Yourself \\ + 7: Pictures and Colors \\ + 8: Errors \\ + Appendix A: Using MakeIndex \\ + Appendix B: The Bibliography Database \\ + Appendix C: Reference Manual \\ + Appendix D: What's New \\ + Appendix E: Using Plain TeX Commands", } @Book{Lamport:1995:DLH, @@ -10778,16 +12570,18 @@ @Book{Level:2000:PTF, author = "Jeff Level and Bruce Newman and Brenda Newman", - title = "Precision type font reference guide, version 5.0", + title = "Precision Type Font Reference Guide, Version 5.0", publisher = pub-HARTLEY-MARKS, address = pub-HARTLEY-MARKS:adr, pages = "xxv + 653", year = "2000", ISBN = "0-88179-182-2", ISBN-13 = "978-0-88179-182-2", - LCCN = "", + LCCN = "Z250.7 .P74 2000", bibdate = "Thu Apr 12 10:59:49 2001", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/font.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib", note = "Republication of \cite{Level:1995:PTF}.", price = "US\$39.95, CDN\$59.95", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, @@ -10995,19 +12789,305 @@ @Book{Lipkin:1999:LLV, author = "Bernice Sacks Lipkin", - title = "{\LaTeX} for {Linux}: a vade mecum", + title = "{\LaTeX} for {Linux}: a Vade Mecum", publisher = pub-SV, address = pub-SV:adr, pages = "xxxi + 568", year = "1999", - ISBN = "0-387-98708-8 (softcover)", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-98708-8 (softcover)", - LCCN = "Z 253.4 L38 L56 1999", + ISBN = "0-387-98708-8 (paperback)", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-98708-8 (paperback)", + LCCN = "Z253.4 L38 L56 1999", bibdate = "Thu Sep 21 10:27:12 2000", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/linux.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib", price = "US\$49.95", + abstract = "\booktitle{LaTeX for Linux} is a comprehensive + introduction and guide to using LaTeX. While it is + directed at Linux and UNIX users, it is also a + first-rate how-to book on using LaTeX to prepare + articles, books, and theses for users of any system + that supports LaTeX. Unlike other LaTeX books, it is + especially useful for someone coming to LaTeX for the + first time. As Linux grows rapidly in popularity, more + and more people looking to take advantage of the + desktop publishing power of LaTeX --- included with + most Linux distributions --- will find LaTeX for Linux + a wonderful way to get started.", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, keywords = "Computerized typesetting; LaTeX (Computer file)", + tableofcontents = "Part I: Reading {\LaTeX} / 1 \\ + 1: What a {\LaTeX} Command Does / 3 \\ + 2: Concepts: How {\LaTeX} Operates on Text / 7 \\ + 2.1: Grammatical Elements / 8 \\ + 2.2: Instructions to {\LaTeX} / 9 \\ + 2.2.1: Commands / 10 \\ + 2.2.2: Declarations / 11 \\ + 2.2.3: Environments / 12 \\ + 2.3: Basic Principles in Reading and Writing {\LaTeX} + Commands / 14 \\ + 2.4: The Scope of an Instruction / 15 \\ + 2.5: {\LaTeX} Conventions / 17 \\ + 3: Document Classes / 21 \\ + 3.1: {\LaTeX}'s Style of Styling Styles / 21 \\ + 3.2: Format of a Very Simple {\LaTeX} File / 23 \\ + 3.3: {\LaTeX}-defined Classes / 23 \\ + 3.4: Slides / 24 \\ + 3.5: Letters / 25 \\ + 3.6: Articles / 29 \\ + 3.7: Reports / 30 \\ + 3.8: Books / 30 \\ + 3.9: Document Class Options / 32 \\ + 3.10: TOC Option / 36 \\ + Part II: Preparatory Tasks / 37 \\ + 4: Constructing practice.tex, a Practice File / 39 \\ + 5: Setting Emacs Keys for Common Constructions / 45 \\ + 5.1: Writing in Emacs / 45 \\ + 5.2: A Font Shape Template / 46 \\ + 5.3: A List Template / 48 \\ + 5.4: A Verbatim Template / 51 \\ + 5.5: A Macro Template / 52 \\ + 5.6: A Logo Template / 53 \\ + 6: Viewing and Printing Marked Up Files / 55 \\ + 7: Dealing with Errors / 59 \\ + 7.1: Real Errors / 60 \\ + 7.2: Overfull and Underfull Lines and Pages / 64 \\ + 7.2.1: The overfull line / 64 \\ + 7.2.2: The underfull line / 67 \\ + 7.2.3: The overfull page / 67 \\ + 7.2.4: The underfull page / 68 \\ + 7.2.5: Other alerts / 68 \\ + Part III: Writing {\LaTeX} / 71 \\ + 8: {\LaTeX}-Reserved Single-Character Commands / 73 \\ + 8.1: Single-Character Command Symbols / 73 \\ + 8.2: Writing Special Symbols As Ordinary Text / 75 \\ + 8.3: Writing Aliases For Single Character Commands / 77 + \\ + 8.4: Meta Level Mimicking Of Text Commands / 78 \\ + 9: Single-Word Instructions / 81 \\ + 9.1: Font Features / 81 \\ + 9.2: Commands / 83 \\ + 9.2.1: The {\LaTeX} repertoire of commands / 84 \\ + 9.2.2: User-created new commands / 87 \\ + 9.3: Declarations / 88 \\ + 9.4: Environments / 89 \\ + 9.4.1: Using an environment whose name is a defined + declaration / 90 \\ + 9.4.2: Constructing an environment from an existing + environment / 91 \\ + 9.4.3: Creating environments from scratch / 92 \\ + 9.4.4: Trouble spots in creating a new environment / 93 + \\ + 10: Newcommands and Macros / 95 \\ + 10.1: What a Macro Is / 95 \\ + 10.2: Exact Substitution / 95 \\ + 10.3: PlaceHolder Substitution / 96 \\ + 10.3.1: Composing the macro / 97 \\ + 10.3.2: Using the macro / 98 \\ + 10.3.3: Revising a macro definition / 99 \\ + 10.4: Using {\LaTeX} Instructions in the Macro / 99 \\ + 10.4.1: Commands in the macro argument / 99 \\ + 10.4.2: Declarations in the macro argument / 100 \\ + 10.4.3: Environments and macros / 101 \\ + 10.5: Incorporating a Macro in a Macro / 103 \\ + 10.6: The Complete Newcommand Format / 104 \\ + 10.7: Trouble Spots in Writing Macros / 107 \\ + 10.8: The Complete Newenvironment Format / 108 \\ + Part IV: Formatting in Text Mode / 111 \\ + 11: Fonts / 115 \\ + 11.1: Font Terminology / 116 \\ + 11.2: Commands/Declarations That Control Font Features + / 118 \\ + 11.2.1: Manipulating font family, series and shapes / + 118 \\ + 11.2.2: Font sizes / 121 \\ + 11.2.3: Changing both font size and type style / 123 + \\ + 11.3: Naming Conventions for Fonts / 123 \\ + 11.3.1: Classic TEX fonts / 123 \\ + 11.3.2: Using NFSS to classify names / 125 \\ + 11.3.3: Fonts supplied with {\LaTeX} / 130 \\ + 11.4: The Directory Structure for Storing Fonts / 133 + \\ + 11.5: To Load a New Font / 134 \\ + 11.5.1: Why load yet another font? / 134 \\ + 11.5.2: To change the main font family for the entire + document / 135 \\ + 11.5.3: To load an additional font from NFSS + descriptors / 139 \\ + 11.5.4: The main font and the selectfont font / 145 \\ + 11.5.5: Behind the scenes in loading and using a font / + 146 \\ + 12: Accents, Dingbats, Standard and Nonstandard Codes / + 157 \\ + 12.1: The Fonts on Disk / 159 \\ + 12.1.1: Naming font files / 159 \\ + 12.1.2: Directory names / 160 \\ + 12.1.3: To view and use a font table / 161 \\ + 12.2: The Standard ASCII Codes / 164 \\ + 12.2.1: Built-In letter accents / 167 \\ + 12.2.2: Trademarks and registries / 168 \\ + 12.3: Nonstandard Coding Tables / 170 \\ + 12.3.1: Dingbats / 172 \\ + 12.3.2: Saint Mary Road symbol fonts / 174 \\ + 12.3.3: European Computer Modern text fonts / 177 \\ + 12.3.4: text companion symbols / 178 \\ + 12.3.5: Math symbol fonts / 179 \\ + 12.3.6: wasy symbol fonts / 181 \\ + 12.4: Nonstandard Sizes: Banners, Posters And Spreads / + 182 \\ + 13: Manipulating Space / 195 \\ + 13.1: Adding a Small Amount of Space Between + Characters/Words / 195 \\ + 13.2: Adding Significant Space Between Words / 197 \\ + 13.3: Adding Space Between Sentences / 200 \\ + 13.4: Adding Space Between Two Lines / 201 \\ + 13.4.1: Using \\ [length] / 201 \\ + 13.4.2: Using the \vspace command / 202 \\ + 13.4.3: Using fixed size vertical skips / 203 \\ + 13.4.4: Filling vertical space up to what's needed / + 204 \\ + 13.4.5: The /par command / 205 \\ + 13.5: Changing the Permanent Spacing Between Lines / + 205 \\ + 13.6: Adding a Blank Line Between Paragraphs / 205 \\ + 13.7: Adding Permanent Space Between Paragraphs / 206 + \\ + 13.8: Double Spacing a Draft Copy / 206 \\ + 14: Lists / 209 \\ + 14.1: The Itemize List / 210 \\ + 14.2: The Enumerate List / 212 \\ + 14.3: The Description List / 214 \\ + 14.4: Other Description List Styles / 216 \\ + 14.5: The Trivlist Environment / 219 \\ + 15: Aligning and Indenting Text / 221 \\ + 15.1: Aligning the Text Horizontally / 221 \\ + 15.2: Raising Text / 223 \\ + 15.3: Outdenting / 224 \\ + 15.4: Breaking Single Lines on the Right / 225 \\ + 15.5: Creating an Outline / 226 \\ + 15.6: Using Displayed Paragraph Formats / 228 \\ + 15.6.1: Quotation and quote environments / 228 \\ + 15.6.2: Verse environment / 229 \\ + 15.6.3: Center environment / 230 \\ + 15.6.4: An ordinary description list / 231 \\ + 15.7: Simple Paragraph Indenting / 232 \\ + 15.8: Controlling the Degree of Indentation / 232 \\ + 16: Floating Objects / 237 \\ + 16.1.1: General format / 237 \\ + 16.1.2: Usage / 239 \\ + 16.1.3: Subfigures / 242 \\ + 16.1.4: Working text around a figure / 243 \\ + 16.1.5: Creating new float styles / 250 \\ + 16.1.6: Captions / 251 \\ + 16.2: Marginal Notes / 252 \\ + 16.3.1: Tabs / 254 \\ + 16.3.2: The tabular environment / 258 \\ + 16.3.3: Floats and multiple columns / 270 \\ + 17.1: Footnotes in Text / 273 \\ + 17.1.1: Footnote syntax in text / 274 \\ + 17.1.2: Shifting between numbers and symbols / 275 \\ + 17.1.3: Numbering by symbol / 275 \\ + 17.1.4: Resetting the counter / 276 \\ + 17.1.5: Examples of numbering styles / 277 \\ + 17.2: Footnotes in a Minipage / 279 \\ + 17.2.1: Minipage footnotes with independent numbering / + 279 \\ + 17.2.2: Blending minipage and text footnotes / 281 \\ + 17.3: Changing Footnote Style / 284 \\ + 17.4: Footnote Modification Packages / 285 \\ + 18: Cross-Referencing / 287 \\ + 18.1: Referencing Numbered {\LaTeX} Objects / 287 \\ + 18.2: Page References / 289 \\ + 18.3: Referencing Footnotes / 290 \\ + 18.4: Positioning the Label / 291 \\ + 18.4.1: The {\LaTeX} object is stylized / 291 \\ + 18.4.2: The {\LaTeX} object is not stylized / 292 \\ + 19: Literal Text and Silent Text / 295 \\ + 19.1: Verbatim Text / 295 \\ + 19.2: Writing Notes To Yourself / 299 \\ + 19.2.1: Using the \% / 299 \\ + 19.2.2: Invisible reminders / 299 \\ + 19.2.3: Visible reminders / 300 \\ + 19.2.4: The {\LaTeX} /typeout and /typein commands / + 301 \\ + Part V: Formatting in Math Mode / 303 \\ + 20: Math Symbols, Alphabets and Grammar / 305 \\ + 20.1: Built-in Symbols / 306 \\ + 20.1.1: Greek letters, booleans, integrals and sums / + 306 \\ + 20.1.2: Some common mathematical operators / 307 \\ + 20.1.3: Math accents / 308 \\ + 20.1.4: Adding ordinary text in math mode / 309 \\ + 20.2: Modifying the Appearance of Equations / 310 \\ + 20.2.1: Changing math type style / 310 \\ + 20.2.2: Space wedges / 312 \\ + 20.2.3: Size / 313 \\ + 20.2.4: Creating a New Math Alphabet Command Name / 315 + \\ + 20.2.5: Adding Math Symbols / 318 \\ + 20.3: Writing, Protecting and Revising Math Macros / + 320 \\ + 20.3.1: Writing a math macro / 320 \\ + 20.3.2: Redefining the math macro / 321 \\ + 20.4: Lemmas, Axioms and Conjectures / 322 \\ + 21: Single Line Math Modes / 325 \\ + 21.1: Unnumbered Equation in Running Text / 325 \\ + 21.2: displaymath for a Single Unnumbered Equation / + 326 \\ + 21.3: A Numbered Equation on a Separate Line / 327 \\ + 22: Arrays: Multi-Line Math Mode / 329 \\ + 22.1: Creating an Array / 329 \\ + Part VI: Formatting in Box Mode / 337 \\ + 23: Box Mode / 339 \\ + 23.1: The Single Line Box: \makebox, \framebox / 340 + \\ + 23.1.1: The \makebox and \mbox commands / 340 \\ + 23.1.2: \framebox and \fbox commands / 341 \\ + 23.1.3: Changing the appearance of the frame / 342 \\ + 23.1.4: Fancy frames / 344 \\ + 23.2: The Paragraph Box: Parboxes and Minipages / 345 + \\ + 23.2.1: The parbox / 345 \\ + 23.2.2: The minipage environment / 348 \\ + 23.2.3: Framing the minipage / 354 \\ + 23.3: The Inked Rectangle: The Rulebox / 356 \\ + 23.3.1: Solid boxes / 356 \\ + 23.3.2: Struts / 358 \\ + 23.4: Sizing the Box in Relative Terms / 358 \\ + 23.5: Saving Designs / 362 \\ + Part VII: Enhancements to the Text / 369 \\ + 24: Creating Pictures and Graphics / 371 \\ + 24.1: Creating Pictures in {\LaTeX} / 371 \\ + 24.1.1: Positioning the picture / 372 \\ + 24.1.2: Picture commands / 372 \\ + 24.1.3: Additional graphics packages / 374 \\ + 24.2: The xv Package / 376 \\ + 24.3: The XFig Package / 379 \\ + 24.4: The XPaint Package / 382 \\ + 24.5: ImageMagick / 382 \\ + 24.6: GIMP / 386 \\ + 24.7: Packages for Ready Money / 388 \\ + 25: Inserting Completed Pictures and Graphics / 391 \\ + 25.1: Step 1: Linking the Printer Driver and graphicx / + 392 \\ + 25.2: Step 2: Size Information in the EPS File / 393 + \\ + 25.2.1: The BoundingBox / 394 \\ + 25.2.2: The calc package / 396 \\ + 25.3: Step 3: Using the /includegraphics Command / 398 + \\ + 25.4: //includegraphics Options / 401 \\ + 25.4.1: Resetting the BoundingBox / 402 \\ + 25.4.2: viewport: resetting the part of the picture to + exhibit / 403 \\ + 25.4.3: Resetting exhibition width / 403 \\ + 25.4.4: Resetting exhibition height / 404 \\ + 25.4.5: Scaling: another way to reset size / 404 \\ + 25.4.6: Resetting exhibition orientation / 405 \\ + 25.4.7: The interaction between size and orientation / + 408", } @Book{Liu:2013:LRM, @@ -11311,19 +13391,110 @@ @Book{Maor:1994:SN, author = "Eli Maor", - title = "{e}: The Story of a Number", - publisher = pub-PUP, - address = pub-PUP:adr, + title = "$e$: The Story of a Number", + publisher = pub-PRINCETON, + address = pub-PRINCETON:adr, pages = "xiv + 223", year = "1994", + DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400832347", ISBN = "0-691-03390-0", ISBN-13 = "978-0-691-03390-7", LCCN = "QA247.5.M33 1994", bibdate = "Thu Sep 08 11:13:04 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sigact.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", note = "This book chronicles the story of the ultimate version number of {\MF}.", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + URL = "http://www-gap.dcs.st-and.ac.uk/~history/HistTopics/e.html", + abstract = "The story of $ \pi $ has been told many times, both in + scholarly works and in popular books. But its close + relative, the number $e$, has fared less well: despite + the central role it plays in mathematics, its history + has never before been written for a general audience. + The present work fills this gap. Geared to the reader + with only a modest background in mathematics, the book + describes the story of $e$ from a human as well as a + mathematical perspective. In a sense, it is the story + of an entire period in the history of mathematics, from + the early seventeenth to the late nineteenth century, + with the invention of calculus at its center. Many of + the players who took part in this story are here + brought to life. Among them are John Napier, the + eccentric religious activist who invented logarithms + and --- unknowingly --- came within a hair's breadth of + discovering $e$; William Oughtred, the inventor of the + slide rule, who lived a frugal and unhealthful life and + died at the age of 86, reportedly of joy when hearing + of the restoration of King Charles II to the throne of + England; Newton and his bitter priority dispute with + Leibniz over the invention of the calculus, a conflict + that impeded British mathematics for more than a + century; and Jacob Bernoulli, who asked that a + logarithmic spiral be engraved on his tombstone but a + linear spiral was engraved instead! The unifying theme + throughout the book is the idea that a single number + can tie together so many different aspects of + mathematics --- from the law of compound interest to + the shape of a hanging chain, from the area under a + hyperbola to Euler's famous formula $ e^{i \pi } = - + 1$, from the inner structure of a nautilus shell to + Bach's equal-tempered scale and to the art of M.C. + Escher. The book ends with an account of the discovery + of transcendental numbers, an event that paved the way + for Cantor's revolutionary ideas about infinity. No + knowledge of calculus is assumed, and the few places + where calculus is used are fully explained.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + libnote = "Not in my library.", + tableofcontents = "Preface / xi \\ + 1. John Napier, 1614 / 3 \\ + 2. Recognition / 11 \\ + Computing with Logarithms / 18 3. Financial Matters / + 23 \\ + 4. To the Limit, If It Exists / 28 \\ + Some Curious Numbers Related to $e$ / 37 \\ + 5. Forefathers of the Calculus / 40 \\ + 6. Prelude to Breakthrough / 49 \\ + Indivisibles at Work / 56 \\ + 7. Squaring the Hyperbola / 58 \\ + 8. The Birth of a New Science / 70 \\ + 9. The Great Controversy / 83 \\ + The Evolution of a Notation / 95 \\ + 10. $e^x$: The Function That Equals its Own Derivative + / 98 \\ + The Parachutist / 109 \\ + Can Perceptions be Quantified? / 111 \\ + 11. $e^\theta$: Spira Mirabilis / 114 \\ + A Historic Meeting between J. S. Bach and Johann + Bernoulli / 129 \\ + The Logarithmic Spiral in Art and Nature / 134 \\ + 12. $(e^x + e^{-x})/2$: The Hanging Chain / 140 \\ + Remarkable Analogies / 147 \\ + Some Interesting Formulas Involving $e$ / 151 \\ + 13. $e^{i x}$: ``The Most Famous of All Formulas'' / + 153 \\ + A Curious Episode in the History of $e$ / 162 \\ + 14. $e^{x + i y}$: The Imaginary Becomes Real / 164 \\ + 15. But What Kind of Number Is It? / 183 \\ + Appendix 1. Some Additional Remarks on Napier's + Logarithms / 195 \\ + Appendix 2. The Existence of $\lim (1 + 1/n)^n$ as $n + \to \infty$ / 197 \\ + Appendix 3. A Heuristic Derivation of the Fundamental + Theorem of Calculus / 200 \\ + Appendix 4. The Inverse Relation between $\lim (b^h - + 1) / h = 1$ and $\lim (1 + h)^{1 / h} = b$ as $h \to 0$ + / 202 \\ + Appendix 5. An Alternative Definition of the + Logarithmic Function / 203 \\ + Appendix 6. Two Properties of the Logarithmic Spiral / + 205 \\ + Appendix 7. Interpretation of the Parameter $\phi$ in + the Hyperbolic Functions / 208 \\ + Appendix 8. $e$ to One Hundred Decimal Places / 211 \\ + Bibliography / 213 \\ + Index / 217", } @Misc{Maranget:1998:HLH, @@ -12861,7 +15032,7 @@ @Book{Reid:1988:PLP, author = "Glenn C. Reid", - title = "{\POSTSCRIPT} Language Program Design", + title = "{PostScript} Language Program Design", publisher = pub-AW, address = pub-AW:adr, pages = "xii + 224", @@ -12869,8 +15040,199 @@ ISBN = "0-201-14396-8", ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-14396-6", LCCN = "QA76.73.P67 R45 1988", - bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:17:57 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibdate = "Sat Aug 27 10:53:25 1994n", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/postscri.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib", + price = "US\$22.95", + URL = "http://www.rightbrain.com/rightbrain.shtml", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + keywords = "PostScript (computer program language)", + tableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\ + The PostScript Language: Overview / 1 \\ + Introduction / 1 \\ + The Language Model / 2 \\ + Dictionaries and Data Structures / 4 \\ + Stacks / 4 \\ + Built-In PostScript Language Operators / 5 \\ + The Imaging Model / 5 \\ + Coordinate Systems / 6 \\ + Paths and Paint / 7 \\ + Fonts / 7 \\ + Electronic Publishing and Printing / 7 \\ + Program Design Guidelines / 9 \\ + The Execution Model / 11 \\ + Introduction / 11 \\ + The Printing Job Model / 11 \\ + The Operand Stack / 13 \\ + Objects in the PostScript Language / 13 \\ + The Stack as a Data Structure / 15 \\ + The Dictionary Stack / 16 \\ + Dictionary Objects / 17 \\ + Using the Dictionary Stack / 18 \\ + Operators and Name Lookup / 19 \\ + The Bind Operator / 21 \\ + The Interpreter and the Scanner / 23 \\ + Recognition of Objects / 24 \\ + Procedures / 25 \\ + Very Large Procedure Bodies / 29 \\ + The Execution Stack / 32 \\ + The Server Loop / 34 \\ + The Imaging Model / 37 \\ + Introduction / 37 \\ + Applying the Metaphor / 38 \\ + Construction of Paths / 40 \\ + The Graphics State and Paths / 40 \\ + Painting Operations / 42 \\ + What Happens to the Current Path? / 43 \\ + Procedures for Constructing Paths / 44 \\ + Rectangles / 44 \\ + Circles and Arcs / 46 \\ + Arrowheads / 46 \\ + Text Operations / 49 \\ + Character Widths / 51 \\ + Clipping / 53 \\ + Complexity and Performance / 53 \\ + Rasterization / 54 \\ + Save and Restore / 54 \\ + The Font Cache / 55 \\ + Emulators and Translators / 57 \\ + Introduction / 57 \\ + Emulating Another Printer / 58 \\ + The stringwidth Operator / 61 \\ + Text Justification in an Emulator / 62 \\ + Translating Existing File Formats / 68 \\ + Units / 68 \\ + Fonts / 69 \\ + Font Differences / 69 \\ + Using the Imaging Model / 71 \\ + Preserving High-Level Information / 72 \\ + Rendering / 72 \\ + Optimizing Translator Output / 72 \\ + Computation and Decision-Making / 73 \\ + Designing the Page and the Program / 77 \\ + Introduction / 77 \\ + Page Layout Considerations / 77 \\ + Page Nesting and Independence / 78 \\ + Producing PostScript Language Output / 79 \\ + Round-Off and Coordinate Systems / 80 \\ + Efficiency / 81 \\ + Data Transmission Overhead / 82 \\ + Computation / 83 \\ + Interpretation Time / 85 \\ + Program Structure / 87 \\ + Introduction / 87 \\ + The Prologue and Script Model / 87 \\ + Modularity and Page Structure / 89 \\ + Ground State / 90 \\ + The Operand Stack / 92 \\ + Functional and Graphic Independence / 92 \\ + Save and Restore / 93 \\ + Page Elements and Their Properties / 94 \\ + Document Structuring Conventions / 96 \\ + The Mechanics of Setting Text / 99 \\ + Introduction / 99 \\ + Character Widths / 100 \\ + Margins and Justification / 102 \\ + Justification / 104 \\ + Handling Different Fonts / 106 \\ + Leading and Point Size / 108 \\ + Kerning and Ligatures / 109 \\ + Encoding and Character Sets / 114 \\ + Composite Characters and Accents / 117 \\ + Non-Roman Fonts / 117 \\ + Character Widths and Origins / 118 \\ + Scanned Images and Halftones / 123 \\ + Introduction / 123 \\ + The Image Operator / 123 \\ + How It Works / 124 \\ + The Image Matrix / 124 \\ + Data Acquisition Procedures / 126 \\ + Small Amounts of Data / 127 \\ + Large Amounts of Data / 127 \\ + A Common Error and Its Cause / 129 \\ + Synthetic Data / 129 \\ + Data Compression / 131 \\ + Halftone Screens / 131 \\ + Halftoning in the PostScript Language / 132 \\ + Changing the Halftone Screen / 132 \\ + The Spot Function / 134 \\ + Complex Graphic Problem-Solving / 137 \\ + Introduction / 137 \\ + Pattern Fills / 137 \\ + Logos, Grids, Forms, and Special Fonts / 143 \\ + Grids / 146 \\ + Transformation Matrices / 149 \\ + Inverted Coordinate Systems / 151 \\ + Color and Color Separations / 151 \\ + Color Separations / 152 \\ + Spot Color / 154 \\ + File Interchange Standards / 157 \\ + Introduction / 157 \\ + Conforming Documents / 157 \\ + Handling Printer-Specific Features / 158 \\ + Specifying Paper Sizes / 159 \\ + Printer Queries / 162 \\ + Conditional Execution / 163 \\ + Font Availability / 164 \\ + Putting it All Together / 165 \\ + Merging Files from Different Sources / 167 \\ + Introduction / 167 \\ + Using Existing Context / 168 \\ + Error Recovery / 169 \\ + Handling showpage / 170 \\ + Screen Representations / 171 \\ + Writing a Print Spooler / 173 \\ + Introduction / 173 \\ + Printer Management / 174 \\ + Communications / 174 \\ + Messages / 175 \\ + Using exitserver / 176 \\ + Managing Files and Fonts / 178 \\ + DocumentFonts / 178 \\ + IncludeFont / 179 \\ + BeginFont, EndFont / 180 \\ + Determining What Fonts Are Available / 181 \\ + Handling Resource Shortages / 182 \\ + Printer Description Files / 183 \\ + Memory and File Resource Management / 185 \\ + Memory Structure / 185 \\ + Memory Allocation / 186 \\ + Save and Restore / 187 \\ + Save Objects / 187 \\ + The invalidrestore Error / 188 \\ + Downloadable Font Programs / 190 \\ + Packed Arrays / 190 \\ + Raster Memory / 191 \\ + File Systems and Disk Management / 192 \\ + PostScript Language File Operations / 192 \\ + The Standard Input Stream / 193 \\ + Error Handling / 197 \\ + Introduction / 197 \\ + Strategies / 197 \\ + Non-Standard Operators / 197 \\ + Implementation Limits Exceeded / 198 \\ + The Stopped Operator / 199 \\ + The Error Handling Mechanism / 203 \\ + Redefining Error Procedures / 204 \\ + Handling Error Messages / 206 \\ + Debugging Techniques / 207 \\ + Introduction / 207 \\ + Establishing Two-Way Communication / 207 \\ + Serial Communications / 208 \\ + Parallel Communications / 209 \\ + Packet Network Communications / 209 \\ + Understanding PostScript Language Errors / 209 \\ + Error: undefined / 210 \\ + Error: typecheck / 211 \\ + Redefining Built-In Operators / 212 \\ + Stack Traces / 214 \\ + Interactive Techniques / 214 \\ + Coordinate System Transformations / 215 \\ + Debugging Messages / 216 \\ + Error Handler / 217 \\ + Index / 221", } @Article{Revesz:1991:TOM, @@ -13643,14 +16005,184 @@ address = pub-SV:adr, pages = "xii + 282", year = "1991", + DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8654-2", ISBN = "0-387-97562-4, 3-540-97562-4", ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-97562-7, 978-3-540-97562-5", LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 S47 1991", - bibdate = "Fri Jul 22 09:17:14 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibdate = "Sun Mar 27 19:05:51 1994", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", note = "This is a translation and adaption by Silvio Levy of \cite{Seroul:1989:PLT}.", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + abstract = "This book is a friendly introduction to \TeX{}, the + powerful typesetting system designed by Donald Knuth. + It is addressed primarily to beginners, but it contains + much information that will be useful to aspiring \TeX{} + ``wizards''. Moreover, the authors kept firmly in mind + the diversity of backgrounds that characterizes \TeX{} + users: authors in the sciences and in the humanities, + secretaries, technical typists . The book contains a + careful explanation of all fundamental concepts and + commands, but also a wealth of commented examples and + ``tricks'' based on the authors' long experience with + \TeX{}. The attentive reader will quickly be able to + create a table, or customize the appearance of the + page, or code even the most complicated formula. The + last third of the book is devoted to a + Dictionary/Index, summarizing all the material in the + text and going into greater depth in many areas.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + shorttableofcontents = "What is TeX? \\ + The characters of TeX \\ + Groups and modes \\ + The fonts TeX uses \\ + Spacing, glue and springs \\ + Paragraphs \\ + Page layout \\ + Boxes \\ + Alignments \\ + Tabbing \\ + Typesetting mathematics \\ + TeX programming \\ + Dictionary and index", + tableofcontents = "1: What is \TeX{} \\ + 1.1 The birth of \TeX{} \\ + 1.2 How \TeX{} works \\ + 1.3 The good news and bad news about \TeX{} \\ + 1.4 \TeX{} who and what for? \\ + 1.5 \TeX{} processing: an overview \\ + 1.6 Looking ahead \\ + 1.7 Creating a master file \\ + 1.8 Error messages \\ + 2: The characters of \TeX{} \\ + 2.1 Characters that are special to \TeX{} \\ + 2.2 Quotes \\ + 2.3 Ligatures and special characters \\ + 2.4 Accents \\ + 2.5 Two exercises \\ + 3: Groups and modes \\ + 3.1 Groups \\ + 3.2 Modes \\ + 3.3 For the aspiring wizard \\ + 4: The fonts \TeX{} uses \\ + 4.1 \TeX{}'s fonts \\ + 4.2 Preloaded fonts \\ + 4.3 Loading other fonts \\ + 4.4 A cornucopia of fonts \\ + 4.5 Scaling of fonts \\ + 4.6 Global scaling \\ + 4.7 For the aspiring wizard \\ + 4.8 Exercise \\ + 5: Spacing, glue and springs \\ + 5.1 Horizontal spacing \\ + 5.2 Vertical spacing \\ + 5.3 Glue, or, spaces that stretch and shrink \\ + 5.4 Springs \\ + 5.5 Spacing and breaks \\ + 5.6 Summary of basic spacing commands \\ + 5.7 Spacing between paragraphs \\ + 5.8 More spring like creatures \\ + 5.9 Leaders in their full glory \\ + 5.10 For the experienced user \\ + 5.11 Examples \\ + 6: Paragraphs \\ + 6.1 Beginning and ending a paragraph \\ + 6.2 What's in a paragraph? \\ + 6.3 Automatic indentation \\ + 6.4 Obeying lines \\ + 6.5 Left and right margins \\ + 6.6 Ragged margins \\ + 6.7 Quotations \\ + 6.8 Centering text \\ + 6.9 Series of items \\ + 6.10 More on hanging indentation \\ + 6.11 Paragraphs with fancy shapes \\ + 6.12 Footnotes \\ + 6.13 Two new macros for the aspiring wizard \\ + 7: Page layout \\ + 7.1 Page layout in plain \TeX{} \\ + 7.2 A more elaborate layout \\ + 7.3 The title page \\ + 7.4 Starting a fresh page and leaving a blank page \\ + 7.5 Placing a title \\ + 7.6 Choosing line and page breaks by hand \\ + 7.7 Floats \\ + 7.8 A complete example \\ + 7.9 Penalties: or, the carrot and the stick \\ + 8: Boxes \\ + 8.1 What is a box? \\ + 8.2 Putting boxes together \\ + 8.3 What goes in a box? \\ + 8.4 Creating a box: summary \\ + 8.5 Storing a box \\ + 8.6 The baseline \\ + 8.7 The dimensions of a box \\ + 8.8 Some practical situations \\ + 8.9 Spacing between boxes \\ + 8.10 Rules \\ + 8.11 More practical examples \\ + 8.12 For the aspiring wizard \\ + 9: Alignments \\ + 9.1 The preamble, a.k.a. recipe \\ + 9.2 Simple alignments \\ + 9.3 Some practical suggestions \\ + 9.4 Treating special cases \\ + 9.5 Excessively wide entries \\ + 9.6 Inserting material between rows \\ + 9.7 Combining columns \\ + 9.8 Aligning digits \\ + 9.9 Horizontal rules and spacing \\ + 9.10 Vertical rules \\ + 9.11 Braces and tables \\ + 9.12 Fixing the width of an alignment \\ + 9.13 Vertical alignments \\ + 10: Tabbing \\ + 10.1 Setting tabs \\ + 10.2 Centering \\ + 10.3 Choosing column widths \\ + 10.4 Equally spaced tabs \\ + 10.5 Clearing tabs \\ + 10.6 Tabs and rules \\ + 10.7 Tabs and springs \\ + 10.8 Typesetting code \\ + 10.9 Tabs and alignments: a comparison \\ + 11: Typesetting mathematics \\ + 11.1 Generalities \\ + 11.2 Math symbols \\ + 11.3 Fonts in math mode \\ + 11.4 Subscripts and superscripts \\ + 11.5 Accents \\ + 11.6 Spacing in math mode \\ + 11.7 The four styles \\ + 11.8 Function names \\ + 11.9 Fractions \\ + 11.10 Large operators and limits \\ + 11.11 Radicals \\ + 11.12 Horizontally extensible symbols \\ + 11.13 Vertically extensible symbols \\ + 11.14 Stacking up symbols \\ + 11.15 Combining relations \\ + 11.16 More custom-made symbols: limits \\ + 11.17 Phantoms \\ + 11.18 Displaying several formulas \\ + 11.19 Aligning several formulas \\ + 11.20 Labeling formulas \\ + 11.21 Matrices \\ + 11.22 Adjusting the spacing \\ + 11.23 Ellipses \\ + 11.24 Diagrams \\ + 12: \TeX{} Programming \\ + 12.1 Generalities \\ + 12.2 Abbreviations and clones \\ + 12.3 Macros with arguments \\ + 12.4 Fine points of macro syntax \\ + 12.5 Category codes \\ + 12.6 Active characters \\ + 12.7 How \TeX{} reads and stores your text \\ + 12.8 Registers \\ + 12.9 Conditionals \\ + 12.10 For the aspiring wizard \\ + 13: Dictionary and Index", } @Book{Sewell:1989:WPL, @@ -13817,9 +16349,22 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-13-120973-2", LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 S48 1994", bibdate = "Thu May 12 08:36:58 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook1.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", price = "US\$32.00", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "Fonts \\ + Text Formatting and Lists \\ + Formatting Pages \\ + Math and Equations \\ + Tables \\ + Graphics \\ + Large Documents \\ + Useful Styles \\ + Macros and Miscellaneous Tricks \\ + Symbols Available in LaTeX \\ + Format Parameters", } @Article{Siebenmann:1986:TWU, @@ -14192,20 +16737,90 @@ @Book{Spivak:1990:JTG, author = "Michael D. Spivak", - title = "The Joy of {\TeX}\emdash {A} Gourmet Guide to - Typesetting with the {\AmSTeX} macro package", + title = "The Joy of {\TeX}: a Gourmet Guide to Typesetting with + the {\AmSTeX} macro package", publisher = pub-AMS, address = pub-AMS:adr, - edition = "2nd revised", + edition = "Second revised", pages = "xxii + 309", year = "1990", ISBN = "0-8218-2997-1", ISBN-13 = "978-0-8218-2997-4", LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 S6731 1990", bibdate = "Wed Jul 6 13:55:42 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", price = "US\$40.00", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + URL = "https://ctan.org/pkg/joy-of-tex", + ZMnumber = "0867.68117", + abstract = "Designed to simplify the input of mathematical + material in particular and to format the output + according to any of various preset style + specifications.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + remark = "A PDF file of the book is available for noncommercial + use at the CTAN URL.", + tableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\ + Acknowledgments / xi, xiii \\ + Personal Pronoun Pronouncement / xv \\ + Introduction. On Advanced Typesetting / xvii \\ + Part 1. Starters / 1 \\ + 0. Getting Acquainted; A Key Chapter / 3 \\ + Keys available on the keyboard \\ + 1. Learning \TeX{}'s Lingo / 6 \\ + Ordinary text and control sequences \\ + 2. Printers Do It With All Types / 15 \\ + Changing fonts \\ + 3. Your First \TeX{} Experience / 20 \\ + Running a file through \TeX{} \\ + 4. \TeX{}'s Erroneous Zones / 27 \\ + Error messages, and how to respond to them \\ + 5. Spaces That Separate,Ties That Bind / 32 \\ + Subtleties of spacing and line breaking \\ + 6. Doing It With {\'E}lan / 34 \\ + Special symbols and accents \\ + Part 2. Main Courses / 47 \\ + 7. \TeX{}'s Brand Of Mathematics / 43 \\ + Mathematical formulas in text \\ + 8. Lousy Breaks? Try An Artful Display / 53 \\ + Displayed formulas \\ + 9. The 2nd Level Of Complexity / 58 \\ + Superscripts and subscripts \\ + 10. Our Problems Mount / 66 \\ + Fractions, binomial coefficients, etc. \\ + 11. Benefitting From \TeX{}'s Largess / 72 \\ + $\sum$, $\int$ and other ``large operators'' \\ + 12. Creating Your Own Space / 77 \\ + Controlling spacing in mathematical formulas \\ + 13. Fascinating Things That Expand By Themselves / 79 + \\ + Delimiters and other variable size symbols \\ + 14. A Roman Orgy / 88 \\ + Roman type in formulas \\ + 15. Keeping Them In Line / 97 \\ + Numbering formulas and aligning equations in a display + \\ + 16. Too Much Of A Good Thing / 103 \\ + Breaking formulas that are too long \\ + 17. Sophisticated Positions / 108 \\ + Matrices \\ + Part 3. Sauces \& Pickles / 113 \\ + 18. Practicing Self Control / 115 \\ + Defining new control sequences \\ + 19. EX-Rated Features / 129 \\ + A dictionary of special \TeX{}niques \\ + Appendices / 191 \\ + A. The AMS Preprint Style / 193 \\ + B. Answers To All The Exercises / 210 \\ + C. Bibliographies / 260 \\ + D. Comparison With `plain' \TeX{} / 265 \\ + E. Deficient Keyboards / 269 \\ + F. Esoteric Symbols / 270 \\ + G. Further Fonts / 274 \\ + H. {\TeX{} Users} / 281 \\ + I. Help / 282 \\ + Index / 283", } @Book{Spivak:1991:LWM, @@ -14389,16 +17004,61 @@ address = pub-SV:adr, pages = "xxix + 510", year = "2003", - ISBN = "0-387-95217-9", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-95217-8", + ISBN = "0-387-95217-9 (paperback), 0-387-22436-X (e-book)", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-95217-8 (paperback), 978-0-387-22436-7 + (e-book)", LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 S97 2003", bibdate = "Thu Mar 13 18:17:25 2003", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + abstract = "The purpose of the book is to introduce new users to + the use of the TeX system, in particular document + preparation using LaTeX. It seeks to avoid the pitfalls + of having to search through several advanced books on + the subject, by collecting together the more frequently + required tools and presenting these in a single + accessible volume. It will also describe the recent + developments in multilingual typesetting using TeX that + now make it straightforward for users to prepare + documents in their own language and alphabet, giving + the book a global readership. The main presentation + will be independent of any particular type of computer + hardware, though a section will contain details of some + of the more popular versions of TeX for each type of + machine and details of where they can be downloaded on + the Internet from, or purchased at low cost on a + convenient compact disk. Topics and features: + multi-lingual uses of LaTeX; discussion of hardware + implementations; use and misuse of particular LaTeX + commands; some treatment of graphics; inclusion of + exercises with solutions; discussion of common errors; + inclusion of many examples.", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, annote = "Seems to have been published in Europe with same ISBN, - but different title: From \LaTeX{} to $ \Lambda $: An - Introduction to Digital Typography", + but different page count (370) and title: + \booktitle{From \LaTeX{} to $ \Lambda $: An + Introduction to Digital Typography}.", keywords = "Lambda; Omega; Unicode", + tableofcontents = "Foreword / Yannis Haralambous \\ + 1: Introduction \\ + 2: The File Structure \\ + 3: Fonts and Their Use \\ + 4: Lists and Catalogs \\ + 5: Typesetting Mathematics \\ + 6: More on the Core \\ + 7: Miscellaneous Packages \\ + 8: Bibliography and Index \\ + 9: Graphics \\ + 10: Multilingual Typesetting \\ + 11: To Err Is Human \\ + 12: Installing New Type \\ + Appendix A: Using dvips \\ + Appendix B: Visual Editing \\ + Appendix C: Typesetting XML \\ + Appendix D: Web Publishing \\ + Appendix E: New Features Introduced to $\Omega$ 1.23 + \\ + Appendix F: Solutions to All Exercises", } @TechReport{Tang:1981:PIC, @@ -14601,16 +17261,17 @@ @Book{Trzeciak:1995:WMP, author = "Jerzy Trzeciak", - title = "Writing mathematical papers in {English}: a practical - guide", + title = "Writing Mathematical Papers in {English}: a Practical + Guide", publisher = "European Mathematical Society Publishing House, Seminar for Applied Mathematics", address = "Z{\"u}rich, Switzerland", edition = "Revised", pages = "49", year = "1995", - ISBN = "3-03719-014-0", - ISBN-13 = "978-3-03719-014-2", + DOI = "https://doi.org/10.4171/014", + ISBN = "3-03719-014-0, 83-85694-02-1", + ISBN-13 = "978-3-03719-014-2, 978-83-85694-02-1", LCCN = "QA42 .T79 1995", bibdate = "Mon Oct 28 16:58:40 MDT 2013", bibsource = "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat; @@ -14620,6 +17281,40 @@ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, subject = "Mathematics; Authorship; Technical writing; Handbooks, manuals, etc", + tableofcontents = "Part A: Phrases Used in Mathematical Texts \\ + Abstract and introduction / 4 \\ + Definition / 6 \\ + Notation / 7 \\ + Property / 8 \\ + Assumption, condition, convention / 10 \\ + Theorem: general remarks / 12 \\ + Theorem: introductory phrase / 13 \\ + Theorem: formulation / 13 \\ + Proof: beginning / 14 \\ + Proof: arguments / 15 \\ + Proof: consecutive steps / 16 \\ + Proof: ``it is sufficient to'' / 17 \\ + Proof: ``it is easily seen that'' / 18 \\ + Proof: conclusion and remarks / 18 \\ + References to the literature / 19 \\ + Acknowledgments / 20 \\ + How to shorten the paper / 20 \\ + Editorial correspondence / 21 \\ + Referee's report / 21 \\ + Part B: Selected Problems of English Grammar \\ + Indefinite article (a, an, ---) / 23 \\ + Definite article (the) / 24 \\ + Article omission / 25 \\ + Infinitive / 27 \\ + Ing-form / 29 \\ + Passive voice / 31 \\ + Quantifiers / 32 \\ + Number, quantity, size / 34 \\ + How to avoid repetition / 38 \\ + Word order / 40 \\ + Where to insert a comma / 44 \\ + Hyphenation / 46 \\ + Some typical errors / 46 Index / 49", } @Book{Tschichold:1928:NTH, @@ -15181,22 +17876,85 @@ } @Book{vanHerwijnen:1990:PS, - author = "Eric van Herwijnen", + author = "Eric {van Herwijnen}", title = "Practical {SGML}", publisher = pub-KLUWER, address = pub-KLUWER:adr, pages = "xviii + 307", year = "1990", - ISBN = "0-7923-0635-X", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-7923-0635-1", + DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-0687-0", + ISBN = "0-7923-0635-X, 0-7923-9434-8", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-7923-0635-1, 978-0-7923-9434-1", LCCN = "QA76.73.S44 V36 1990", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibdate = "Mon Oct 26 07:31:07 1998", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", price = "UK\pounds24.90, US\$49.00", - acknowledgement = ack-mc # " and " # ack-fm, - inprint = "yes", - review = "in " # j-TEXLINE # " 10, p. 27 and - \cite{Poppelier:1992:BR} and - \cite{Poppelier:1992:BRJ}", + abstract = "Many times there are subjects which demand further + explanations and guidance written about them. Such is + the case with SGML, the Standard Generalized Markup + Language; and ISO Standard published in October, 1986 + under the number 8879. There have been many conferences + given on this topic, world-wide, as the interest in + SGML exists in Europe, the US, Australia and Japan. + This book is the first which contains information not + only on ISO 8879 itself, but many helpful hints and + ideas on developing SGML, applications and discussions + of the current software written to be conforming to the + ISO standard. 'Ibis book is critical for any end-user + and application developer to understand the many issues + necessary to develop SGML implementations (software + selection is one of the topics discussed) and SGML + applications. A number of examples of the applications + of SGML in various situations are discussed and one can + expect that the book will stimulate further discussion + of these. This book is a practical guide to various + components of the language and the author's experience + in development and working with SGML in his position as + leader of the text processing section at CERN ensures + that the guidance is based on practical first-hand + experience at an installation with a large number of + end-users of very varied experience.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "I Getting Started with SGML 1 \\ + 1: Introduction \\ + 2: An SGML application \\ + document type components \\ + 3: Creating an SGML application: method and basics \\ + 4: Creating an SGML application: examples and summary + \\ + 5: Managing SGML \\ + II: Advanced SGML 97 \\ + 6: Creating an SGML application: advanced concepts \\ + 7: Advanced SGML constructs \\ + 8: Mathematics and Graphics \\ + III: SGML implementations 165 \\ + 9: SGML implementations \\ + 10: Creating SGML documents \\ + 11: SGML and databases \\ + 12: The CALS initiative \\ + 13: SGML and EDI \\ + Appendix A: Answers to the problems \\ + A.1 Answers for Chapter 1 \\ + A.2 Answers for Chapter 2 \\ + A.3 Answers for Chapter 3 \\ + A.4 Answers for Chapter 4 \\ + A.5 Answers for Chapter 6 \\ + A.6 Answers for Chapter 7 \\ + A.7 Answers for Chapter 10 \\ + Appendix B: Writing a book on SGML using SGML \\ + B.1 Statistics \\ + B.2 Document exchange \\ + B.3 Bibliography for Appendix B \\ + Appendix C: The Ericbook DTD \\ + Appendix D: Some TeX entity definitions \\ + Appendix E: How to read ISO 8879 \\ + E.1 Structure of the SGML standard \\ + E.2 Notation used in the SGML standard \\ + E.3 Bibliography for Appendix E \\ + Bibliography for Glossary", } @InProceedings{vanHuu:1985:TIS, @@ -15652,15 +18410,50 @@ title = "Modern {\TeX} and its Applications", publisher = pub-CRC, address = pub-CRC:adr, - pages = "275", + pages = "vii + 294", year = "1992", ISBN = "0-8493-4431-X", ISBN-13 = "978-0-8493-4431-2", LCCN = "Z253.4.T47V84 1993", bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 19:53:27 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", price = "US\$32.95", + abstract = "An essential new guide for \TeX{} users \TeX{} is a + powerful typesetting language and processing + environment developed by Professor Donald Knuth at + Stanford University in the early 1980s. Its + machine-independence has made it a defacto standard for + text processing with microcomputers throughout the + scientific and engineering communities. While there + have been several \TeX{}-based macro packages developed + over the years, Modern \TeX{} and its Applications + focuses on the original macro package designed by Knuth + upon which all other \TeX{} programs are based-Plain + \TeX{}. All of the basic topics for understanding the + \TeX{} user environment are covered, including fonts + and characters, formatting, math mode, macros, terminal + and file operations, tables, and foreign language + capabilities. A PC-compatible disk containing examples, + extra typefaces and even a ready-to-run restricted + version of \TeX{} is included with the book. Modern + \TeX{} and its Applications is an essential guide for + all scientists, engineers, technicians, and support + staff who prepare technical text and documents using a + version of \TeX{}.", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "1: Introduction \\ + 2: Fonts and Characters \\ + 3: Formatting \\ + 4: Math Mode \\ + 5: Variables, Dimensions, Glue \\ + 6: Macros \\ + 7: Input/Output and Extensions \\ + 8: Modes, Rules, Boxes \\ + 9: Tabulation and Tables \\ + 10: Font Rotation \\ + 11: Appendix \\ + 12: Index", } @Book{Walden:1987:MFF, @@ -15773,10 +18566,94 @@ year = "1994", ISBN = "1-56592-051-1", ISBN-13 = "978-1-56592-051-4", + LCCN = "TK5105.875.I57 M36 1994; Z253.4.T47 W34 1994", bibdate = "Thu May 12 08:24:59 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/css.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/ora.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + note = "Written specifically for database maintainers and + system administrators, this Unix-based technical guide + covers installing, setting up, and running Internet + applications such as gopher holes, FTP and telnet + sites, mailing lists, WAIS, and World Wide Web pages, + and other sites, as well as keeping them secure.", price = "US\$29.95", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + URL = "ftp://ftp.ora.com/pub/products/catalogs/book.catalog; + http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9781565920514", + abstract = "TeX is a powerful tool for creating professional + quality typeset text and is unsurpassed at typesetting + mathematical equations, scientific text, and multiple + languages. Many books describe how you use TeX to + construct sentences, paragraphs, and chapters. Until + now, no book has described all the software that + actually lets you build, run, and use TeX to best + advantage on your platform. Because creating a TeX + document requires the use of many tools, this lack of + information is a serious problem for TeX users. TeX is + increasing in popularity, and the need for information + is becoming more critical. Many technical journals now + request that articles be submitted in TeX. TeX is also + playing an increasing role in the Standard Generalized + Markup Language (SGML) environment. TeX's portability + and flexibility -- not to mention the fact that it is + free -- are also making it the typesetting tool of + choice for interchange between hardware and software + platforms and for international exchange. Yet, despite + this growing interest in TeX, TeX users everywhere are + having to ``reinvent the wheel'' by wrestling with + TeX's many tools and files on their own. Making TeX + Workguides you through the maze of tools available in + the overall TeX system. Beyond the core TeX program + there are myriad drivers, macro packages, previewers, + printing programs, online documentation facilities, + graphics programs, and more. This book describes them + all. It covers:How to assemble the software you need to + build and install TeX on all common platforms: UNIX, + DOS, Macintosh, and VMS. How to get TeX and its + associated tools from public domain and commercial + sources (a complete buyer's guide). How to select and + use the tools that let you incorporate graphics into + your documents and create bibliographies, indices, and + other complex document elements. How to install and use + fonts to best advantage, including PostScript and + TrueType fonts and LaTeX's New Font Selection Scheme + (NFSS).", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + keywords = "Computer Communication Networks., internet (computer + network); Computer networks --- Management; computer + networks --- management; Internet (Computer network)", + tableofcontents = "Gopher World Wide Web \\ + Internet service concepts \\ + Introduction to information services \\ + Finger-, Inetd-, and Telnet-based services \\ + Setting up an FTP archive \\ + The WU archive FTP daemon \\ + Maintaining an FTP archive \\ + Creating an Internet database server with WAIS \\ + Creating WAIS sources with waisindex \\ + Gopher: introduction \\ + Gopher: compiling the server \\ + Gopher: managing the server \\ + Gopher: preparing information \\ + Gopher: linking services together \\ + Gopher: incorporating databases \\ + Gopher: Veronica and Jughead \\ + Gopher+ forms and other new features \\ + Introduction to the world wide web \\ + Setting up a web server \\ + Authoring for the web \\ + Web: gateways and forms \\ + Web: access control and security \\ + Introduction to email services \\ + Simple mailing lists \\ + Automating mailing lists with majordomo \\ + The majordomo list owner and moderator \\ + Ftpmail \\ + Firewalls and information services \\ + Xinetd \\ + Legal issues \\ + Protecting intellectual property", } @PhdThesis{Wang:1996:TAE, @@ -15908,15 +18785,16 @@ @Book{White:1988:GDE, author = "Jan V. White", title = "Graphic Design for the Electronic Age", - publisher = pub-WGP, - address = pub-WGP:adr, + publisher = pub-WATSON-GUPTILL, + address = pub-WATSON-GUPTILL:adr, pages = "xi + 211", year = "1988", - ISBN = "0-8230-2122-X", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-8230-2122-2", + ISBN = "0-8230-2121-1, 0-8230-2122-X (paperback)", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-8230-2121-5, 978-0-8230-2122-2 (paperback)", LCCN = "Z286.D47 W5 1988", bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 10:59:04 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb # " and " # ack-fm, annote = "A very good book on typography and document design; main topics are components of larger documents.", @@ -16235,8 +19113,9 @@ year = "1988", ISBN = "3-89319-152-6", ISBN-13 = "978-3-89319-152-9", - bibdate = "Sat Mar 07 10:26:14 1998", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + bibdate = "Wed Jul 6 15:01:56 1994", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", note = "Reprinted in 1990 and 1991.", series = "Addison-Wesley Kom\-pakt\-f{\"u}hr\-er", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, @@ -16474,6 +19353,7 @@ volume = "44", number = "9", pages = "1107--1109", + month = oct, year = "1997", CODEN = "AMNOAN", ISSN = "0002-9920 (print), 1088-9477 (electronic)", @@ -16482,6 +19362,7 @@ MRnumber = "1470171 (98k:68177)", bibdate = "Mon May 26 18:16:34 2014", bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib", + URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/199709/comm-youngen.pdf", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, fjournal = "Notices of the American Mathematical Society", journal-URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/", @@ -17895,7 +20776,7 @@ Hyphenation Patterns for Ancient and Modern Greek / Dimitrios Filippou / 59--67 \\ Typesetting the Deseret Alphabet with LaTeX and - METAFONT / Kenneth R. Beasley / 68--111 \\ + METAFONT / Kenneth R. Beesley / 68--111 \\ FEATPOST and a Review of 3D METAPOST Packages / Luis Nobre Gon{\c{c}}alves / 112--124 \\ Interactive Editing of MathML Markup Using TeX Syntax / diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texgraph.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texgraph.bib index de6db937f60..b3680452c36 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texgraph.bib +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texgraph.bib @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ %%% ==================================================================== %%% BibTeX-file{ %%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe", -%%% version = "2.10", -%%% date = "08 January 2019", -%%% time = "10:18:17 MST", +%%% version = "2.11", +%%% date = "31 January 2019", +%%% time = "15:43:54 MST", %%% filename = "texgraph.bib", %%% address = "University of Utah %%% Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ %%% USA", %%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254", %%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148", -%%% checksum = "59852 3129 11807 117424", +%%% checksum = "20405 3386 13323 130458", %%% email = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org, %%% beebe at computer.org (Internet)", %%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", @@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ %%% printed if the is-alpha.bst or is-plain.bst %%% style files are used. %%% -%%% At version 2.10, the year coverage looked +%%% At version 2.11, the year coverage looked %%% like this: %%% %%% 1976 ( 1) 1986 ( 1) 1996 ( 1) %%% 1977 ( 0) 1987 ( 0) 1997 ( 5) -%%% 1978 ( 0) 1988 ( 1) 1998 ( 1) +%%% 1978 ( 0) 1988 ( 2) 1998 ( 1) %%% 1979 ( 0) 1989 ( 0) 1999 ( 2) %%% 1980 ( 0) 1990 ( 3) 2000 ( 0) %%% 1981 ( 1) 1991 ( 1) 2001 ( 1) @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, } -@Book{Adobe:PLP88, +@Book{Reid:1988:PLP, author = "Glenn C. Reid", title = "{PostScript} Language Program Design", publisher = pub-AW, @@ -375,9 +375,199 @@ ISBN = "0-201-14396-8", ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-14396-6", LCCN = "QA76.73.P67 R45 1988", - bibdate = "Sat Aug 27 11:13:46 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + bibdate = "Sat Aug 27 10:53:25 1994n", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/postscri.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib", + price = "US\$22.95", + URL = "http://www.rightbrain.com/rightbrain.shtml", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + keywords = "PostScript (computer program language)", + tableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\ + The PostScript Language: Overview / 1 \\ + Introduction / 1 \\ + The Language Model / 2 \\ + Dictionaries and Data Structures / 4 \\ + Stacks / 4 \\ + Built-In PostScript Language Operators / 5 \\ + The Imaging Model / 5 \\ + Coordinate Systems / 6 \\ + Paths and Paint / 7 \\ + Fonts / 7 \\ + Electronic Publishing and Printing / 7 \\ + Program Design Guidelines / 9 \\ + The Execution Model / 11 \\ + Introduction / 11 \\ + The Printing Job Model / 11 \\ + The Operand Stack / 13 \\ + Objects in the PostScript Language / 13 \\ + The Stack as a Data Structure / 15 \\ + The Dictionary Stack / 16 \\ + Dictionary Objects / 17 \\ + Using the Dictionary Stack / 18 \\ + Operators and Name Lookup / 19 \\ + The Bind Operator / 21 \\ + The Interpreter and the Scanner / 23 \\ + Recognition of Objects / 24 \\ + Procedures / 25 \\ + Very Large Procedure Bodies / 29 \\ + The Execution Stack / 32 \\ + The Server Loop / 34 \\ + The Imaging Model / 37 \\ + Introduction / 37 \\ + Applying the Metaphor / 38 \\ + Construction of Paths / 40 \\ + The Graphics State and Paths / 40 \\ + Painting Operations / 42 \\ + What Happens to the Current Path? / 43 \\ + Procedures for Constructing Paths / 44 \\ + Rectangles / 44 \\ + Circles and Arcs / 46 \\ + Arrowheads / 46 \\ + Text Operations / 49 \\ + Character Widths / 51 \\ + Clipping / 53 \\ + Complexity and Performance / 53 \\ + Rasterization / 54 \\ + Save and Restore / 54 \\ + The Font Cache / 55 \\ + Emulators and Translators / 57 \\ + Introduction / 57 \\ + Emulating Another Printer / 58 \\ + The stringwidth Operator / 61 \\ + Text Justification in an Emulator / 62 \\ + Translating Existing File Formats / 68 \\ + Units / 68 \\ + Fonts / 69 \\ + Font Differences / 69 \\ + Using the Imaging Model / 71 \\ + Preserving High-Level Information / 72 \\ + Rendering / 72 \\ + Optimizing Translator Output / 72 \\ + Computation and Decision-Making / 73 \\ + Designing the Page and the Program / 77 \\ + Introduction / 77 \\ + Page Layout Considerations / 77 \\ + Page Nesting and Independence / 78 \\ + Producing PostScript Language Output / 79 \\ + Round-Off and Coordinate Systems / 80 \\ + Efficiency / 81 \\ + Data Transmission Overhead / 82 \\ + Computation / 83 \\ + Interpretation Time / 85 \\ + Program Structure / 87 \\ + Introduction / 87 \\ + The Prologue and Script Model / 87 \\ + Modularity and Page Structure / 89 \\ + Ground State / 90 \\ + The Operand Stack / 92 \\ + Functional and Graphic Independence / 92 \\ + Save and Restore / 93 \\ + Page Elements and Their Properties / 94 \\ + Document Structuring Conventions / 96 \\ + The Mechanics of Setting Text / 99 \\ + Introduction / 99 \\ + Character Widths / 100 \\ + Margins and Justification / 102 \\ + Justification / 104 \\ + Handling Different Fonts / 106 \\ + Leading and Point Size / 108 \\ + Kerning and Ligatures / 109 \\ + Encoding and Character Sets / 114 \\ + Composite Characters and Accents / 117 \\ + Non-Roman Fonts / 117 \\ + Character Widths and Origins / 118 \\ + Scanned Images and Halftones / 123 \\ + Introduction / 123 \\ + The Image Operator / 123 \\ + How It Works / 124 \\ + The Image Matrix / 124 \\ + Data Acquisition Procedures / 126 \\ + Small Amounts of Data / 127 \\ + Large Amounts of Data / 127 \\ + A Common Error and Its Cause / 129 \\ + Synthetic Data / 129 \\ + Data Compression / 131 \\ + Halftone Screens / 131 \\ + Halftoning in the PostScript Language / 132 \\ + Changing the Halftone Screen / 132 \\ + The Spot Function / 134 \\ + Complex Graphic Problem-Solving / 137 \\ + Introduction / 137 \\ + Pattern Fills / 137 \\ + Logos, Grids, Forms, and Special Fonts / 143 \\ + Grids / 146 \\ + Transformation Matrices / 149 \\ + Inverted Coordinate Systems / 151 \\ + Color and Color Separations / 151 \\ + Color Separations / 152 \\ + Spot Color / 154 \\ + File Interchange Standards / 157 \\ + Introduction / 157 \\ + Conforming Documents / 157 \\ + Handling Printer-Specific Features / 158 \\ + Specifying Paper Sizes / 159 \\ + Printer Queries / 162 \\ + Conditional Execution / 163 \\ + Font Availability / 164 \\ + Putting it All Together / 165 \\ + Merging Files from Different Sources / 167 \\ + Introduction / 167 \\ + Using Existing Context / 168 \\ + Error Recovery / 169 \\ + Handling showpage / 170 \\ + Screen Representations / 171 \\ + Writing a Print Spooler / 173 \\ + Introduction / 173 \\ + Printer Management / 174 \\ + Communications / 174 \\ + Messages / 175 \\ + Using exitserver / 176 \\ + Managing Files and Fonts / 178 \\ + DocumentFonts / 178 \\ + IncludeFont / 179 \\ + BeginFont, EndFont / 180 \\ + Determining What Fonts Are Available / 181 \\ + Handling Resource Shortages / 182 \\ + Printer Description Files / 183 \\ + Memory and File Resource Management / 185 \\ + Memory Structure / 185 \\ + Memory Allocation / 186 \\ + Save and Restore / 187 \\ + Save Objects / 187 \\ + The invalidrestore Error / 188 \\ + Downloadable Font Programs / 190 \\ + Packed Arrays / 190 \\ + Raster Memory / 191 \\ + File Systems and Disk Management / 192 \\ + PostScript Language File Operations / 192 \\ + The Standard Input Stream / 193 \\ + Error Handling / 197 \\ + Introduction / 197 \\ + Strategies / 197 \\ + Non-Standard Operators / 197 \\ + Implementation Limits Exceeded / 198 \\ + The Stopped Operator / 199 \\ + The Error Handling Mechanism / 203 \\ + Redefining Error Procedures / 204 \\ + Handling Error Messages / 206 \\ + Debugging Techniques / 207 \\ + Introduction / 207 \\ + Establishing Two-Way Communication / 207 \\ + Serial Communications / 208 \\ + Parallel Communications / 209 \\ + Packet Network Communications / 209 \\ + Understanding PostScript Language Errors / 209 \\ + Error: undefined / 210 \\ + Error: typecheck / 211 \\ + Redefining Built-In Operators / 212 \\ + Stack Traces / 214 \\ + Interactive Techniques / 214 \\ + Coordinate System Transformations / 215 \\ + Debugging Messages / 216 \\ + Error Handler / 217 \\ + Index / 221", } @Book{Adobe:PLR85, @@ -1978,17 +2168,20 @@ @Book{Nye:1988:XPM, author = "Adrian Nye", - title = "Xlib Programming Manual for Version 11", + title = "{Xlib} Programming Manual for Version 11", volume = "1", publisher = pub-ORA, address = pub-ORA:adr, pages = "xxxiii + 615", year = "1988", - ISBN = "0-937175-26-9", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-937175-26-2", + ISBN = "0-937175-26-9, 0-937175-89-7", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-937175-26-2, 978-0-937175-89-7", LCCN = "QA76.76.W56 D44 v.1 1988", - bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 10:40:05 1993", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/ora.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib", + URL = "http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780937175262", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, } @@ -2993,7 +3186,7 @@ Hyphenation Patterns for Ancient and Modern Greek / Dimitrios Filippou / 59--67 \\ Typesetting the Deseret Alphabet with LaTeX and - METAFONT / Kenneth R. Beasley / 68--111 \\ + METAFONT / Kenneth R. Beesley / 68--111 \\ FEATPOST and a Review of 3D METAPOST Packages / Luis Nobre Gon{\c{c}}alves / 112--124 \\ Interactive Editing of MathML Markup Using TeX Syntax / @@ -3046,10 +3239,12 @@ @Proceedings{Zlatuska:1992:EPE, editor = "Ji{\v{r}}{\'\i} Zlatu{\v{s}}ka", - booktitle = "{Euro{\TeX}} 92: Proceedings of the 7th European - {\TeX} Conference", - title = "{Euro{\TeX}} 92: Proceedings of the 7th European - {\TeX} Conference", + booktitle = "{Euro\TeX{} '92: Proceedings of the 7th European + {\TeX} Conference, Prague, Czechoslovakia, September + 14--18, 1992}", + title = "{Euro\TeX{} '92: Proceedings of the 7th European + {\TeX} Conference, Prague, Czechoslovakia, September + 14--18, 1992}", publisher = pub-MASARYKOVA, address = pub-MASARYKOVA:adr, pages = "viii + 330", @@ -3057,9 +3252,71 @@ year = "1992", ISBN = "80-210-0480-0", ISBN-13 = "978-80-210-0480-1", - bibdate = "Sat Aug 27 11:11:50 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + bibdate = "Tue Dec 27 06:37:06 2005", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/postscri.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", + series = "Proceedings of the European \TeX{} Conference", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "Alan Hoenig / When \TeX{} and METAFONT work + together (invited talk) / 1 \\ + John D. Hobby / Introduction to MetaPost (invited talk) + / 21 \\ + Andrei B. Khodulev and Irina A. Makhovaya / On \TeX{} + experience in Mir Publishers / 37 \\ + Laurent Siebenmann / The Lion and the Mouse / 43 \\ + Petr Sojka, Rudolf Cervenka, and Martin Svoboda / + \TeX{} for database publishing 53 \\ + Ondfej Vacha / TgX for typesetting in a publishing + house / 59 \\ + Michel Lavaud / A solution to help ensuring the future + of \TeX{}: make its use easier on cheap machines / 66 + \\ + Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley / {\LaTeX3}: + structure and design (invited talk) / 69 \\ + Anita Z. Hoover / The key to successful support: + knowing your \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} users (invited talk) / + 71 \\ + Theo Jurriens / \TeX{} for everybody? / 86 \\ + Daniel Flipo and Laurent Siebenmann / Hyphenation in + presence of accents and diacritics: An easy and + low-cost solution / 87 \\ + Laurent Siebenmann / CaesarCM --- A gentle road to + perfect hyphenation in modest \TeX{} environments / 97 + \\ + Laurent Siebenmann / La mise en application + d{\'e}finitive de la norme de Cork / 107 \\ + Boguslav Jackowski and Marek Rycko / Polishing \TeX{}: + from ready to use to handy in use / 119 \\ + Rama Porrat / Developments in Hebrew \TeX{} / 135 \\ + Michael Vinogradov / Russian \TeX{}: new eight bit + fonts and IBM PC equipment / 149 \\ + Klaus Lagally / Arab\TeX{} --- Typesetting Arabic with + vowels and ligatures / 153 \\ + Erik-Jan Vens / Incorporating PostScript fonts in + \TeX{} / 173 \\ + Kristoffer H. Rose / How to typeset pretty diagram + arrows with \TeX{} --- design decisions used in Xy-pic + / 183 \\ + Kees van der Laan / Table diversions / 211 \\ + Jorg Knappen / Changing the appearance of math / 212 + \\ + Kees van der Laan / Typesetting crosswords via \TeX{} / + 217 \\ + Kees van der Laan / FIFO and LIFO incognito / 225 \\ + Philip Taylor / The future of \TeX{} / 235 \\ + Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley / The future of high + quality typesetting: structure and design (invited + talk) / 255 \\ + Daniel Taupin / Music\TeX{}: using \TeX{} to write + polyphonic or instrumental music (invited talk) / 257 + \\ + Kristoffer H. Rose / Typesetting Diagrams with Xy-pic: + user's manual / 273 \\ + Yannis Haralambous / Towards the revival of traditional + Arabic typography \ldots{} through \TeX{} (invited + talk) / 293", } %%% From TEX-EURO at DHDURZ1.Berkeley.EDU Mon Jul 8 04:27:58 1991 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/typeset.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/typeset.bib index 3eddbbb9579..3f6ebd7bba5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/typeset.bib +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/typeset.bib @@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ %%% ==================================================================== %%% BibTeX-file{ %%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe", -%%% version = "2.50", -%%% date = "07 June 2018", -%%% time = "18:15:12 MDT", +%%% version = "2.51", +%%% date = "31 January 2019", +%%% time = "15:46:23 MST", %%% filename = "typeset.bib", %%% address = "University of Utah %%% Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ %%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254", %%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148", %%% URL = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe", -%%% checksum = "16268 23147 109103 1029702", +%%% checksum = "08629 23624 111621 1053256", %%% email = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org, %%% beebe at computer.org (Internet)", %%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %%% and PDF (Portable Document Format), and %%% sgml.bib covers SGML and HTML. %%% -%%% At version 2.50, the year coverage looked +%%% At version 2.51, the year coverage looked %%% like this: %%% %%% 1881 ( 1) 1927 ( 0) 1973 ( 10) @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ %%% 1917 ( 0) 1963 ( 0) 2009 ( 2) %%% 1918 ( 0) 1964 ( 4) 2010 ( 2) %%% 1919 ( 1) 1965 ( 8) 2011 ( 3) -%%% 1920 ( 1) 1966 ( 5) 2012 ( 2) +%%% 1920 ( 1) 1966 ( 5) 2012 ( 3) %%% 1921 ( 1) 1967 ( 8) 2013 ( 3) %%% 1922 ( 0) 1968 ( 4) 2014 ( 2) %%% 1923 ( 1) 1969 ( 9) 2015 ( 4) @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ %%% 20xx ( 2) %%% %%% Article: 322 -%%% Book: 310 +%%% Book: 311 %%% InCollection: 5 %%% InProceedings: 54 %%% Manual: 42 @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ %%% Proceedings: 33 %%% TechReport: 34 %%% -%%% Total entries: 853 +%%% Total entries: 854 %%% %%% This bibliography has been collected from %%% bibliographies in the author's personal @@ -14197,12 +14197,37 @@ edition = "Fourth", pages = "64", year = "1990", - ISBN = "0-88318-642-X", - ISBN-13 = "978-0-88318-642-8", + ISBN = "0-88318-642-X (paperback)", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-88318-642-8 (paperback)", LCCN = "QC5.45 .A45; QC28 .A5 1990; T11 .A45 1990", bibdate = "Tue Nov 21 07:37:46 2000", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", + abstract = "Covers summary information for journal contributors, + preparing a scientific paper for publication, general + style, mathematical expressions, and figures.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + libnote = "Not yet in my library.", + tableofcontents = "Information for journal contributors \\ + Preparing a scientific paper for publication \\ + General style \\ + Mathematical expressions \\ + Figures \\ + Appendix A: Statements of editorial policy for AIP and + member society journals \\ + Appendix B: Correct or preferred spellings of + frequently occurring words \\ + Appendix C: Units of measure \\ + Appendix D: Standard abbreviations \\ + Appendix E: Alphabets available for typesetting \\ + Appendix F: Special symbols available for typesetting + \\ + Appendix G: Journal title abbreviations \\ + Appendix H: Symbols used in correcting proof \\ + Appendix I: Physics and astronomy classification scheme + \\ + Appendix J: Physics auxiliary publication scheme \\ + Appendix K: AIP transfer of copyright agreement", } @Article{Anonymous:1990:SAR, @@ -15092,22 +15117,91 @@ } @Book{Spivak:1990:JTG, - author = "Michael Spivak", - title = "The joy of {\TeX}: a gourmet guide to typesetting with - the {AMS}-{\TeX} macro package", + author = "Michael D. Spivak", + title = "The Joy of {\TeX}: a Gourmet Guide to Typesetting with + the {\AmSTeX} macro package", publisher = pub-AMS, address = pub-AMS:adr, - edition = "Second", + edition = "Second revised", pages = "xxii + 309", year = "1990", ISBN = "0-8218-2997-1", ISBN-13 = "978-0-8218-2997-4", - LCCN = "Z253.4.T47S673 1990", - bibdate = "Mon May 20 11:04:41 MDT 1996", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, - keywords = "Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing --- - Computer programs.; TeX (Computer file)", + LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 S6731 1990", + bibdate = "Wed Jul 6 13:55:42 1994", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", + price = "US\$40.00", + URL = "https://ctan.org/pkg/joy-of-tex", + ZMnumber = "0867.68117", + abstract = "Designed to simplify the input of mathematical + material in particular and to format the output + according to any of various preset style + specifications.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + remark = "A PDF file of the book is available for noncommercial + use at the CTAN URL.", + tableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\ + Acknowledgments / xi, xiii \\ + Personal Pronoun Pronouncement / xv \\ + Introduction. On Advanced Typesetting / xvii \\ + Part 1. Starters / 1 \\ + 0. Getting Acquainted; A Key Chapter / 3 \\ + Keys available on the keyboard \\ + 1. Learning \TeX{}'s Lingo / 6 \\ + Ordinary text and control sequences \\ + 2. Printers Do It With All Types / 15 \\ + Changing fonts \\ + 3. Your First \TeX{} Experience / 20 \\ + Running a file through \TeX{} \\ + 4. \TeX{}'s Erroneous Zones / 27 \\ + Error messages, and how to respond to them \\ + 5. Spaces That Separate,Ties That Bind / 32 \\ + Subtleties of spacing and line breaking \\ + 6. Doing It With {\'E}lan / 34 \\ + Special symbols and accents \\ + Part 2. Main Courses / 47 \\ + 7. \TeX{}'s Brand Of Mathematics / 43 \\ + Mathematical formulas in text \\ + 8. Lousy Breaks? Try An Artful Display / 53 \\ + Displayed formulas \\ + 9. The 2nd Level Of Complexity / 58 \\ + Superscripts and subscripts \\ + 10. Our Problems Mount / 66 \\ + Fractions, binomial coefficients, etc. \\ + 11. Benefitting From \TeX{}'s Largess / 72 \\ + $\sum$, $\int$ and other ``large operators'' \\ + 12. Creating Your Own Space / 77 \\ + Controlling spacing in mathematical formulas \\ + 13. Fascinating Things That Expand By Themselves / 79 + \\ + Delimiters and other variable size symbols \\ + 14. A Roman Orgy / 88 \\ + Roman type in formulas \\ + 15. Keeping Them In Line / 97 \\ + Numbering formulas and aligning equations in a display + \\ + 16. Too Much Of A Good Thing / 103 \\ + Breaking formulas that are too long \\ + 17. Sophisticated Positions / 108 \\ + Matrices \\ + Part 3. Sauces \& Pickles / 113 \\ + 18. Practicing Self Control / 115 \\ + Defining new control sequences \\ + 19. EX-Rated Features / 129 \\ + A dictionary of special \TeX{}niques \\ + Appendices / 191 \\ + A. The AMS Preprint Style / 193 \\ + B. Answers To All The Exercises / 210 \\ + C. Bibliographies / 260 \\ + D. Comparison With `plain' \TeX{} / 265 \\ + E. Deficient Keyboards / 269 \\ + F. Esoteric Symbols / 270 \\ + G. Further Fonts / 274 \\ + H. {\TeX{} Users} / 281 \\ + I. Help / 282 \\ + Index / 283", } @Book{Tufte:1990:EI, @@ -16164,8 +16258,125 @@ (paperback)", LCCN = "PN146 .V36 1992", bibdate = "Tue Nov 21 07:44:41 2000", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + libnote = "Not in my library.", + subject = "Academic writing; Handbooks, manuals, etc; Scholarly + publishing; Art d'{\'e}crire; Guides, manuels, etc; + Academic writing; Scholarly publishing; + Schrijfvaardigheid; Wetenschappelijke publicaties; + Authorship", + tableofcontents = "The text \\ + Citation: The new style of citation \\ + Embedding citations \\ + Brackets alone \\ + Handling bracketed numbers \\ + Pointing citations \\ + Tense in citations \\ + Citing authors \\ + Citing works \\ + Citing yourself \\ + Irrelevant citation \\ + Citations in draft \\ + Quotation: A plea against quotation \\ + A plea for quotation \\ + Epigraphs \\ + Quotation and citation \\ + Inlaid versus displayed quotations \\ + Punctuating quotations \\ + Quoting format \\ + Changes in quotations \\ + Permission to quote \\ + Other uses for quotation marks \\ + Quotations in draft \\ + The footnote: Fundamentals \\ + Explanatory footnotes \\ + The footnote aside \\ + Footnotes in draft \\ + Scholarly peculiarities: The abstract \\ + Acknowledgments \\ + Bad words \\ + Bending over backwards \\ + Capitalization \\ + The cliche redivivus \\ + Coherence \\ + The colonated title \\ + Conclusions \\ + Emphasis \\ + Equanimity \\ + Hyperqualification \\ + Initialisms and acronyms \\ + Introductions \\ + Inventing terms and notation \\ + Inversion \\ + A little Latin \\ + Motivation \\ + Nor \\ + Paragraphing \\ + Passivity \\ + Personal fads \\ + Respective \\ + The waffle \\ + Which-hunting \\ + The reference \\ + Panorama \\ + Reference format: Style \\ + I. Authors \\ + II. Titles \\ + III. Bibliographic information \\ + IV. More bibliographic information \\ + V. Annotation \\ + Pinpointing \\ + Needless information \\ + Easy References: Books \\ + Compilations \\ + Collections \\ + Editions with editors \\ + Translations \\ + Multivolume works \\ + Journal articles \\ + Reviews \\ + Pamphlets \\ + Works not yet published \\ + Theses and dissertations \\ + Secondary reference \\ + Hard references: Archival sources \\ + Author equals publishers \\ + Conference proceedings \\ + Correspondence \\ + Court cases \\ + Government documents \\ + Microfilm and microfiche \\ + Newspapers \\ + Reference works \\ + Shoes and ships and sealing wax \\ + The reference list: Reference list versus bibliography + \\ + Compound references \\ + Special sections \\ + Cross-reference \\ + Alphabetical order \\ + Chronological order \\ + Order of mention \\ + Last-minute changes \\ + Compression \\ + The finishing touch \\ + Special schemes: Short names \\ + White copy \\ + Super-quick \\ + Manuscript preparation: Final draft \\ + Classroom copy \\ + Examples of display layout \\ + Classroom copy with footnotes \\ + Page from a reference list \\ + Photo-ready copy \\ + Sample instruction sheet \\ + Perfect copy \\ + Galleys and page proofs \\ + The end \\ + Appendix 1: The Vita \\ + Appendix 2: Federal documents of the United States", } @Article{Anonymous:1993:AHC, @@ -20248,18 +20459,63 @@ @Book{Knuth:1999:DT, author = "Donald E. Knuth", title = "Digital Typography", + volume = "78", publisher = pub-CSLI, address = pub-CSLI:adr, pages = "xvi + 685", year = "1999", - ISBN = "1-57586-011-2 (cloth), 1-57586-010-4 (paperback)", - ISBN-13 = "978-1-57586-011-4 (cloth), 978-1-57586-010-7 - (paperback)", + ISBN = "1-57586-010-4 (paperback), 1-57586-011-2 (hardcover)", + ISBN-13 = "978-1-57586-010-7 (paperback), 978-1-57586-011-4 + (hardcover)", LCCN = "Z249.3.K59 1998", + MRclass = "68U15", + MRnumber = "MR1676044 (2002k:68194)", bibdate = "Mon May 10 18:01:36 1999", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib; + MathSciNet database", price = "US\$90.00 (cloth), US\$39.95 (paperback)", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + series = "CSLI Lecture Notes", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "1: Digital Typography / 1 \\ + 2: Mathematical Typography / 19 \\ + 3: Breaking Paragraphs Into Lines / 67 \\ + 4: Mixing Right-to-Left Texts with Left-to-Right Texts + / 157 \\ + 5: Recipes and Fractions / 177 \\ + 6: The \TeX{} Logo in Various Fonts / 181 \\ + 7: Printing Out Selected Pages / 183 \\ + 8: Macros for Jill / 185 \\ + 9: Problem for a Saturday Morning / 195 \\ + 10: Exercises for \TeX{}: The Program / 197 \\ + 11: Mini-Indexes for Literate Programs / 225 \\ + 12: Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards / 247 \\ + 13: The Letter S / 263 \\ + 14: My First Experience with Indian Scripts / 285 \\ + 15: Concept of a Meta-Font / 289 \\ + 16: Lessons Learned from METAFONT / 315 \\ + 17: AMS Euler --- A New Typeface for Mathematics / 339 + \\ + 18: Typesetting Concrete Mathematics / 367 \\ + 19: Course on METAFONT Programming / 379 \\ + 20: Punk Meta-Font / 391 \\ + 21: Fonts for Digital Halftones / 415 \\ + 22: Digital Halftones by Dot Diffusion / 449 \\ + 23: A Note on Digital Angles / 473 \\ + 24: TEXDR.AFT / 481 \\ + 25: TEX.ONE / 505 \\ + 26: \TeX{} Incunabula / 533 \\ + 27: Icons for \TeX{} and METAFONT / 547 \\ + 28: Computers and Typesetting / 555 \\ + 29: The New Versions of \TeX{} and METAFONT / 563 \\ + 30: The Future of \TeX{} and METAFONT / 571 \\ + 31: Questions and Answers, I / 573 \\ + 32: Questions and Answers, II / 601 \\ + 33: Questions and Answers, III / 625 \\ + 34: Final Errors of \TeX{} / 655 \\ + Index / 663", } @Book{Lipkin:1999:LLV, @@ -20690,14 +20946,102 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-8176-4131-3, 978-3-7643-4131-2", LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G745 2000", bibdate = "Thu Aug 23 10:53:02 2001", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", price = "US\$49.95", + abstract = "\booktitle{Math Into LaTeX} is for the mathematician, + physicist, engineer, scientist, or technical typist who + needs to quickly learn how to write and typeset + articles and books containing mathematical formulas, + and requires a thorough reference book on all aspects + of LaTeX and the AMS packages (the enhancements to + LaTeX by the American Mathematical Society). Key + features of \booktitle{Math Into LaTeX}: * A simple, + example-based, visual approach * A quick introduction + (Part I) allowing readers to type their first articles + in only a few hours * Sample articles to demonstrate + the basic structure of LaTeX and AMS articles * Useful + appendices containing mathematical and text symbol + tables and information on how to convert from older + versions * A new chapter in the fourth edition, + ``\booktitle{A Visual Introduction to MikTeX},'' an + open source implementation of TeX and LaTeX for Windows + operating systems * Another new chapter describing + amsrefs, a simpler method for formatting references + that incorporates and replaces BibTeX data * This + edition also integrates a major revision to the amsart + document class, along with updated examples.", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, keywords = "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur); Composition automatique (Industries graphiques); - Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing -- - Computer programs; Mathematiques -- Impression -- + Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing --- + Computer programs; Math{\'e}matiques --- Impression --- Logiciels", + tableofcontents = "I: A short course \\ + 1: Typing your first article \\ + II: Text and math \\ + 2: Typing text \\ + 3: Text environments \\ + 4: Typing math \\ + 5: Multiline math displays \\ + III: Document structure \\ + 6: \LaTeX{} documents \\ + 7: Standard \LaTeX{} document classes \\ + 8: AMS documents \\ + IV: Customization \\ + 9: Customizing \LaTeX{} \\ + V: Long documents \\ + 10: BibTeX \\ + 11: MakeIndex \\ + 12: Books in \LaTeX{} \\ + VI: Math and the Web \\ + 13: TEX, \LaTeX{}, and the Internet \\ + 14: Putting \LaTeX{} on the Web \\ + A: Math symbol tables \\ + A.1: Hebrew and Greek letters \\ + A.1.1: Hebrew letters \\ + A.1.2: Greek letters \\ + A.2: Binary relations \\ + A.2.3: Negated binary relations \\ + A.3: Binary operations \\ + A.4: Arrows \\ + A.5: Miscellaneous symbols \\ + A.6: Delimiters \\ + A.7: Operators \\ + A.7.1: Pure operators, with no limits \\ + A.7.2: Operators with limits \\ + A.7.3: Large operators \\ + A.8: Math accents and fonts \\ + A.8.1: Math accents \\ + A.8.2: Math fonts \\ + A.9: Math spacing commands \\ + B: Text symbol tables \\ + B.1: Some European characters \\ + B.2: Text accents \\ + B.3: Text font commands \\ + B.3.1: Text font family commands \\ + B.4: Additional text symbols \\ + B.5: Additional text symbols with T1 encoding \\ + B.5.1: Accents \\ + B.5.2: European characters \\ + B.5.3: Quotation marks \\ + B.6: Text spacing commands \\ + C: Background \\ + C.1: A short history \\ + C.1.2: Recent developments \\ + C.2.1: The layers \\ + C.2.2: Typesetting \\ + C.2.3: Viewing and printing \\ + D: PostScript fonts \\ + D.2: The Times font and MathTime \\ + D.3: Lucida Bright fonts \\ + D.4: More PostScript fonts \\ + F: A book document class \\ + G: Conversions \\ + H: Final word \\ + H.1: What was left out? \\ + H.2: Further reading", } @Book{Gulbins:2000:MTK, @@ -21065,22 +21409,43 @@ ISBN-13 = "978-0-226-10403-4", LCCN = "Z253 .U69 2003", bibdate = "Wed Sep 10 17:32:05 2003", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", price = "US\$55.00", acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, - annote = "The standard American work on typesetting style etc. - (CHe)", - bibliography = "yes", - glossary = "yes", history = "First edition 1906, 12th edition 1969, 13th edition 1982, 14th edition 1993, 15th edition 2003", - index = "yes", - inprint = "yes", + idnumber = "518", keywords = "authorship handbooks; authorship manuals; practical style manuals; printing", printermarks = "yes", + remark = "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.", subtitle = "The Essential Guide for Writers, Editors and Publishers", + tableofcontents = "1: The parts of a published work \\ + 2: Manuscript preparation and manuscript editing \\ + 3: Proofs \\ + 4: Rights and permissions \\ + 5: Grammar and usage \\ + 6: Punctuation \\ + 7: Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and + compounds \\ + 8: Names and terms \\ + 9: Numbers \\ + 10: Foreign languages \\ + 11: Quotations and dialogue \\ + 12: Illustrations and captions \\ + 13: Tables \\ + 14: Mathematics in type \\ + 15: Abbreviations \\ + 16: Documentation I: Basic patterns \\ + 17: Documentation II: Specific content \\ + 18: Indexes \\ + Appendix A: Design and production- basic procedures and + key terms \\ + Appendix B: The publishing process for books and + journals", } @Book{Felici:2003:CMT, @@ -21765,6 +22130,54 @@ subject-dates = "1918--", } +@Book{Bringhurst:2012:ETS, + author = "Robert Bringhurst", + title = "The Elements of Typographic Style 4.0", + publisher = "Hartley and Marks", + address = "Point Roberts, WA, USA", + edition = "Fourth", + pages = "398", + year = "2012", + ISBN = "0-88179-211-X (hardcover), 0-88179-212-8 (paperback)", + ISBN-13 = "978-0-88179-211-9 (hardcover), 978-0-88179-212-6 + (paperback)", + LCCN = "Z246 .B74 2012", + bibdate = "Sat Jan 19 08:10:55 MST 2019", + bibsource = "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", + abstract = "Renowned typographer and poet Robert Bringhurst brings + clarity to the art of typography with this masterful + style guide. Combining the practical, theoretical, and + historical, this edition is completely updated, with a + thorough revision and updating of the longest chapter, + ``Prowling the Specimen Books, '' and many other small + but important updates based on things that are + continually changing in the field.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + subject = "Book history; typografie; typography; typefaces [type + forms]; Graphics industry; lettertypes", + tableofcontents = "Foreword \\ + Historical synopsis \\ + The grand design \\ + Rhythm and proportion \\ + Harmony and counterpoint \\ + Structural forms and devices \\ + Analphabetic symbols \\ + Choosing and combining type \\ + Historical interlude \\ + Shaping the page \\ + The state of the art \\ + Grooming the font \\ + Prowling the specimen books \\ + Appendix A: The working alphabet \\ + Appendix B: Glossary of characters \\ + Appendix C: Glossary of terms \\ + Appendix D: Type designers \\ + Appendix E: Typefoundries \\ + Afterword to the fourth edition", +} + @Article{Ciancarini:2012:HQP, author = "Paolo Ciancarini and Angelo {Di Iorio} and Luca Furini and Fabio Vitali", @@ -22865,10 +23278,12 @@ @Proceedings{Zlatuska:1992:EPE, editor = "Ji{\v{r}}{\'\i} Zlatu{\v{s}}ka", - booktitle = "{Euro{\TeX}} 92: Proceedings of the 7th European - {\TeX} Conference", - title = "{Euro{\TeX}} 92: Proceedings of the 7th European - {\TeX} Conference", + booktitle = "{Euro\TeX{} '92: Proceedings of the 7th European + {\TeX} Conference, Prague, Czechoslovakia, September + 14--18, 1992}", + title = "{Euro\TeX{} '92: Proceedings of the 7th European + {\TeX} Conference, Prague, Czechoslovakia, September + 14--18, 1992}", publisher = pub-MASARYKOVA, address = pub-MASARYKOVA:adr, pages = "viii + 330", @@ -22876,9 +23291,71 @@ year = "1992", ISBN = "80-210-0480-0", ISBN-13 = "978-80-210-0480-1", - bibdate = "Sat Aug 27 11:11:50 1994", - bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + bibdate = "Tue Dec 27 06:37:06 2005", + bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/postscri.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib", + series = "Proceedings of the European \TeX{} Conference", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + tableofcontents = "Alan Hoenig / When \TeX{} and METAFONT work + together (invited talk) / 1 \\ + John D. Hobby / Introduction to MetaPost (invited talk) + / 21 \\ + Andrei B. Khodulev and Irina A. Makhovaya / On \TeX{} + experience in Mir Publishers / 37 \\ + Laurent Siebenmann / The Lion and the Mouse / 43 \\ + Petr Sojka, Rudolf Cervenka, and Martin Svoboda / + \TeX{} for database publishing 53 \\ + Ondfej Vacha / TgX for typesetting in a publishing + house / 59 \\ + Michel Lavaud / A solution to help ensuring the future + of \TeX{}: make its use easier on cheap machines / 66 + \\ + Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley / {\LaTeX3}: + structure and design (invited talk) / 69 \\ + Anita Z. Hoover / The key to successful support: + knowing your \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} users (invited talk) / + 71 \\ + Theo Jurriens / \TeX{} for everybody? / 86 \\ + Daniel Flipo and Laurent Siebenmann / Hyphenation in + presence of accents and diacritics: An easy and + low-cost solution / 87 \\ + Laurent Siebenmann / CaesarCM --- A gentle road to + perfect hyphenation in modest \TeX{} environments / 97 + \\ + Laurent Siebenmann / La mise en application + d{\'e}finitive de la norme de Cork / 107 \\ + Boguslav Jackowski and Marek Rycko / Polishing \TeX{}: + from ready to use to handy in use / 119 \\ + Rama Porrat / Developments in Hebrew \TeX{} / 135 \\ + Michael Vinogradov / Russian \TeX{}: new eight bit + fonts and IBM PC equipment / 149 \\ + Klaus Lagally / Arab\TeX{} --- Typesetting Arabic with + vowels and ligatures / 153 \\ + Erik-Jan Vens / Incorporating PostScript fonts in + \TeX{} / 173 \\ + Kristoffer H. Rose / How to typeset pretty diagram + arrows with \TeX{} --- design decisions used in Xy-pic + / 183 \\ + Kees van der Laan / Table diversions / 211 \\ + Jorg Knappen / Changing the appearance of math / 212 + \\ + Kees van der Laan / Typesetting crosswords via \TeX{} / + 217 \\ + Kees van der Laan / FIFO and LIFO incognito / 225 \\ + Philip Taylor / The future of \TeX{} / 235 \\ + Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley / The future of high + quality typesetting: structure and design (invited + talk) / 255 \\ + Daniel Taupin / Music\TeX{}: using \TeX{} to write + polyphonic or instrumental music (invited talk) / 257 + \\ + Kristoffer H. Rose / Typesetting Diagrams with Xy-pic: + user's manual / 273 \\ + Yannis Haralambous / Towards the revival of traditional + Arabic typography \ldots{} through \TeX{} (invited + talk) / 293", } @Proceedings{Anonymous:1993:AMJ, diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/NEWS b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/NEWS index e23a245ce9b..549909385db 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/NEWS +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/NEWS @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ (This file public domain. Originally written by Norbert Preining and Karl Berry, 2010.) +

tlmgr 49885 (released 6feb19): +

  • runscript.tlu support for tclkit and GUI errors; only doc tweaks for +tlmgr itself. +

    tlmgr 49226 (released 23nov18):

  • new environment variable TEXLIVE_PREFER_OWN to prefer compression (e.g., xz) and download (e.g., wget) programs shipped with TL to those diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl index a40e1216f66..e6844f3a0f4 100755 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl @@ -8966,8 +8966,8 @@ a possibly different hash), it's harmless to delete them. =head1 CONFIGURATION FILE FOR TLMGR -There are two configuration files for C: One is system-wide in -C, and the other is user-specific in +C reads two configuration files: one is system-wide, in +C, and the other is user-specific, in C. The user-specific one is the default for the C action. (Run C or C<... TEXMFCONFIG ...> to see the actual -- cgit v1.2.3